{ "count": 1028, "faqs": [ { "question": "Do you deliver across Australia?", "answer": "Yes. We deliver to every state and territory, including regional and rural addresses. Delivery is free on orders of $150 or more and a flat $15 under that.", "source": "general", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/contact/" }, { "question": "How long does delivery take?", "answer": "We dispatch within 2 working days and delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier. Regional and remote addresses can take a little longer. You get a tracking link by email as soon as your order is on its way.", "source": "general", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/contact/" }, { "question": "What payment methods can I use?", "answer": "Visa, Mastercard and American Express through our secure Stripe checkout, or PayPal. Prices are in Australian dollars and include GST.", "source": "general", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/contact/" }, { "question": "Where can I check the size, hand and pack count?", "answer": "Every product page lists the details the maker states: size or length, the hand a glove or putter is made for, pack count, material and what is in the box. If a figure you need is missing, email us before you order and we will check it for you.", "source": "general", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/contact/" }, { "question": "Which hand is a golf glove worn on?", "answer": "A right-handed golfer wears the glove on the left hand, and a left-handed golfer wears it on the right. Each glove page states which hand the glove is worn on, so read that line and the size before you order.", "source": "general", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/contact/" }, { "question": "Can I use a rangefinder with slope in a competition?", "answer": "Distance-measuring devices are allowed where the local rule permits them, and slope readings are usually not allowed in competition play. Check with your club or the event organiser before you use one in an event.", "source": "general", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/contact/" }, { "question": "Can I return an item if it is not what I expected?", "answer": "Yes. You can return any product within 14 days of delivery in resaleable condition for a full refund, including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law.", "source": "general", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/contact/" }, { "question": "Do you offer a warranty?", "answer": "Every product is covered by the Australian Consumer Law guarantees of acceptable quality. Where the maker offers its own warranty, the length is listed on the product page.", "source": "general", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/contact/" }, { "question": "What is a golf divot tool actually for?", "answer": "It is used to repair the small crater a golf ball makes when it lands on a green. You push the fork into the turf around the edge of the mark and gently lever the soil back toward the centre, then tap it flat with your putter. Done properly, the green heals in a day or two instead of several weeks.", "source": "Foldable Golf Divot Tool with Magnetic Ball Marker", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/foldable-divot-tool-ball-marker/" }, { "question": "How does the folding mechanism work?", "answer": "There is a small button on the body of the tool. Press it and the metal fork pops out from inside the handle, ready to use. To close it, you fold the blade back in by hand until it clicks into place.", "source": "Foldable Golf Divot Tool with Magnetic Ball Marker", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/foldable-divot-tool-ball-marker/" }, { "question": "Why would I want a foldable divot tool rather than a fixed one?", "answer": "A fixed fork sits in your pocket with two sharp prongs exposed, which wears holes in the lining and jabs your fingers. A foldable divot tool keeps those prongs tucked inside the handle until the moment you need them. It is a small difference that saves a lot of annoyance over a season.", "source": "Foldable Golf Divot Tool with Magnetic Ball Marker", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/foldable-divot-tool-ball-marker/" }, { "question": "Does it come with a ball marker?", "answer": "Yes. A magnetic ball marker attaches to the handle of the tool. You pull it off to mark your ball on the green and snap it back on afterwards.", "source": "Foldable Golf Divot Tool with Magnetic Ball Marker", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/foldable-divot-tool-ball-marker/" }, { "question": "Will the magnetic ball marker fall off in my pocket?", "answer": "The magnet holds the marker firmly against the handle, so normal walking and pocket movement should not shake it loose. If you are worried during a round, keep the tool in a zipped bag pocket. Like any magnetic marker, a hard knock can dislodge it.", "source": "Foldable Golf Divot Tool with Magnetic Ball Marker", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/foldable-divot-tool-ball-marker/" }, { "question": "What is the tool made from?", "answer": "The product details list it as all-metal, built from stainless steel and aluminium. That combination gives you a fork stiff enough to lift turf and a body light enough to carry comfortably.", "source": "Foldable Golf Divot Tool with Magnetic Ball Marker", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/foldable-divot-tool-ball-marker/" }, { "question": "How big is it when folded?", "answer": "The folded tool is roughly 2 3/4 inches long, 1 1/4 inches wide and half an inch thick, which is about the size of a car key fob. Package dimensions are listed as 10 x 8 x 1.8 cm. It sits flat in a trouser pocket without creating a bulge.", "source": "Foldable Golf Divot Tool with Magnetic Ball Marker", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/foldable-divot-tool-ball-marker/" }, { "question": "How heavy is it?", "answer": "The listed package weight is 60 grams, with the tool itself noted at around 47 grams. That is light enough that you will not notice it in a pocket during a round.", "source": "Foldable Golf Divot Tool with Magnetic Ball Marker", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/foldable-divot-tool-ball-marker/" }, { "question": "What colour is it?", "answer": "The colour is listed as Silver Fish. Exact finish may vary slightly from images depending on lighting.", "source": "Foldable Golf Divot Tool with Magnetic Ball Marker", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/foldable-divot-tool-ball-marker/" }, { "question": "Does it need batteries?", "answer": "No. The product details confirm no batteries are included or required. The folding action is entirely mechanical.", "source": "Foldable Golf Divot Tool with Magnetic Ball Marker", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/foldable-divot-tool-ball-marker/" }, { "question": "Is this suitable for a beginner golfer?", "answer": "Very much so. A divot tool for beginners is one of the first accessories worth owning, because repairing your pitch marks is basic course etiquette that every club expects. The folding design also makes it safer to carry than a bare two-prong fork.", "source": "Foldable Golf Divot Tool with Magnetic Ball Marker", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/foldable-divot-tool-ball-marker/" }, { "question": "Can I use it on any type of green?", "answer": "Yes, the technique is the same on bent grass, bermuda, poa and most other putting surfaces. The key is to work the soil in from the edges rather than levering up from underneath. The tool itself does not care what the grass is.", "source": "Foldable Golf Divot Tool with Magnetic Ball Marker", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/foldable-divot-tool-ball-marker/" }, { "question": "What is the correct way to repair a pitch mark?", "answer": "Insert the fork at the edge of the mark at a slight angle and push the turf toward the centre, working around all sides. Do not lift or pry upward, because that tears the roots. Finish by tapping the area flat with the sole of your putter.", "source": "Foldable Golf Divot Tool with Magnetic Ball Marker", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/foldable-divot-tool-ball-marker/" }, { "question": "How many pitch marks should I repair per round?", "answer": "Fix your own on every green, and if you see another unrepaired mark nearby, fix that too. It takes about fifteen seconds and greenkeepers will thank you. Most clubs consider it part of the basic code of conduct.", "source": "Foldable Golf Divot Tool with Magnetic Ball Marker", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/foldable-divot-tool-ball-marker/" }, { "question": "Will the fork bend if the ground is hard?", "answer": "The stainless steel and aluminium build is made to handle normal turf without flexing. On very dry, baked greens, push in gently and work around the mark rather than forcing the prongs deep. That protects both the tool and the grass.", "source": "Foldable Golf Divot Tool with Magnetic Ball Marker", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/foldable-divot-tool-ball-marker/" }, { "question": "Can it damage the green if I use it wrong?", "answer": "Yes, levering soil upward pulls roots apart and leaves a dead patch. The correct motion is sideways and inward toward the centre of the mark. Once you have done it a few times it becomes automatic.", "source": "Foldable Golf Divot Tool with Magnetic Ball Marker", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/foldable-divot-tool-ball-marker/" }, { "question": "Does the ball marker work as a standard marker under the rules?", "answer": "It functions the same way as a coin or any small flat marker. You place it directly behind your ball before lifting. Always check your local competition conditions if you are playing in an event.", "source": "Foldable Golf Divot Tool with Magnetic Ball Marker", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/foldable-divot-tool-ball-marker/" }, { "question": "Where should I keep it during a round?", "answer": "Most golfers keep it in a front trouser pocket or in the small zipped pocket on the side of a golf bag. Because it folds flat, the pocket option is comfortable. Some players clip the marker to a hat brim and keep the handle in a pocket.", "source": "Foldable Golf Divot Tool with Magnetic Ball Marker", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/foldable-divot-tool-ball-marker/" }, { "question": "How do I clean it?", "answer": "Wipe soil and grass off the fork after each round and dry it fully before folding it away. A damp cloth is usually enough. Avoid leaving it wet inside a bag pocket, since trapped moisture is what causes most tool wear.", "source": "Foldable Golf Divot Tool with Magnetic Ball Marker", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/foldable-divot-tool-ball-marker/" }, { "question": "Does the hinge need any maintenance?", "answer": "Not much. If the button or fold action starts to feel stiff, wipe the hinge area clean and apply a trace of light oil on a cloth. Keep the mechanism free of grit and it should keep working smoothly.", "source": "Foldable Golf Divot Tool with Magnetic Ball Marker", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/foldable-divot-tool-ball-marker/" }, { "question": "Is it safe to carry in a pocket with my phone?", "answer": "The folded body has no exposed sharp edges, so it will not scratch a phone screen in the same pocket. The magnet is small, but as a general habit keep magnetic markers away from credit cards and hotel key cards.", "source": "Foldable Golf Divot Tool with Magnetic Ball Marker", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/foldable-divot-tool-ball-marker/" }, { "question": "Will it set off airport security?", "answer": "It is a small metal object, so it will show on a scanner like keys would. Pack it in checked baggage with your clubs if you are travelling, since security policies on small pointed metal items vary by airport.", "source": "Foldable Golf Divot Tool with Magnetic Ball Marker", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/foldable-divot-tool-ball-marker/" }, { "question": "Is this a good golf gift?", "answer": "It is one of the easier gifts to get right. Golfers use a divot tool every round, most never upgrade the cheap one they were given years ago, and a compact divot tool with a magnetic marker feels like a proper piece of kit. It also works well as a golf stocking filler.", "source": "Foldable Golf Divot Tool with Magnetic Ball Marker", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/foldable-divot-tool-ball-marker/" }, { "question": "Can it be personalised or engraved?", "answer": "We supply it as stocked, with no engraving or customisation service. Some local trophy shops will engrave flat metal surfaces, though that is entirely at your own risk and may affect the finish.", "source": "Foldable Golf Divot Tool with Magnetic Ball Marker", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/foldable-divot-tool-ball-marker/" }, { "question": "Does it come in a gift box?", "answer": "It ships in the standard manufacturer packaging. If you are giving it as a present, a small gift bag or box of your own finishes it off nicely.", "source": "Foldable Golf Divot Tool with Magnetic Ball Marker", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/foldable-divot-tool-ball-marker/" }, { "question": "How long will it last?", "answer": "With normal use and a wipe down after rounds, an all-metal divot tool like this should last many seasons. The main things that shorten the life of any folding tool are grit in the hinge and being stored wet. Both are easy to avoid.", "source": "Foldable Golf Divot Tool with Magnetic Ball Marker", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/foldable-divot-tool-ball-marker/" }, { "question": "Can I buy more than one?", "answer": "Yes. Many golfers keep one in the bag and one in their golf shoes bag or car, so they are never caught without it. Order the quantity you want at checkout.", "source": "Foldable Golf Divot Tool with Magnetic Ball Marker", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/foldable-divot-tool-ball-marker/" }, { "question": "How quickly does it ship?", "answer": "Orders are processed as soon as they come in and we deliver nationwide. You will get tracking details by email once the parcel leaves. Delivery timing depends on your address.", "source": "Foldable Golf Divot Tool with Magnetic Ball Marker", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/foldable-divot-tool-ball-marker/" }, { "question": "What is your returns policy?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Foldable Golf Divot Tool with Magnetic Ball Marker", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/foldable-divot-tool-ball-marker/" }, { "question": "What if it is not right for me?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Foldable Golf Divot Tool with Magnetic Ball Marker", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/foldable-divot-tool-ball-marker/" }, { "question": "What is a golf ball shag bag?", "answer": "It is a tube and bag combination used to pick up practice balls without bending over. You press the open end of the tube onto a ball and the ball feeds inside and stays there. When you are finished, you tip the balls back out into a bucket or straight onto the mat.", "source": "Golf Ball Shag Bag with Pick Up Tube", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-ball-shag-bag/" }, { "question": "How does the pick up tube actually hold the balls?", "answer": "The tube end has a retaining mechanism that lets a ball push past it going in, then stops it falling back out. There is no button, lever or pump involved. You just press down firmly until the ball seats, then lift and move on.", "source": "Golf Ball Shag Bag with Pick Up Tube", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-ball-shag-bag/" }, { "question": "How many golf balls does it hold?", "answer": "With the tube fully extended it holds up to 70 balls. That covers most standard range buckets and a long chipping session at home. If you are practising with a partner, it is usually enough for both of you before a stop to empty.", "source": "Golf Ball Shag Bag with Pick Up Tube", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-ball-shag-bag/" }, { "question": "Does it work with every type of golf ball?", "answer": "It is designed for standard size golf balls, which are the same regulation diameter regardless of brand. Range balls, premium balls and used balls all fit the same way. Oversized foam or plastic training balls may not fit the tube.", "source": "Golf Ball Shag Bag with Pick Up Tube", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-ball-shag-bag/" }, { "question": "Will it pick up balls from thick rough?", "answer": "It works best on mown surfaces, practice greens, fairway and range mats where the ball sits on top of the grass. In deep rough the ball sits down and the tube cannot get around it cleanly. In that case, nudge the ball onto shorter grass first with a club head.", "source": "Golf Ball Shag Bag with Pick Up Tube", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-ball-shag-bag/" }, { "question": "Does it pick up balls out of water?", "answer": "No. This is a dry land golf ball picker upper for practice areas, not a water retriever with an extending pole. If you want balls out of a pond or creek, you need a telescopic water retriever instead.", "source": "Golf Ball Shag Bag with Pick Up Tube", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-ball-shag-bag/" }, { "question": "What is it made of?", "answer": "The bag is nylon and the tube assembly is plastic, listed by the manufacturer as plastic and nylon. Those materials are chosen to handle wet grass, dust and regular outdoor use. They also keep the total weight down to around 600 g.", "source": "Golf Ball Shag Bag with Pick Up Tube", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-ball-shag-bag/" }, { "question": "How heavy is it when empty?", "answer": "Item weight is 600 g empty. Loaded with balls it gets noticeably heavier, since each golf ball is roughly 45 g, so a full tube of 70 adds around three kilograms. That is why the shaped grip handle and detachable strap are useful.", "source": "Golf Ball Shag Bag with Pick Up Tube", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-ball-shag-bag/" }, { "question": "Can I carry it over my shoulder?", "answer": "Yes, it comes with a strap, and the strap is detachable. Most people keep the strap on for the walk to and from the practice area, then carry by the handle while actually collecting balls. Removing the strap also makes it easier to pack flat.", "source": "Golf Ball Shag Bag with Pick Up Tube", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-ball-shag-bag/" }, { "question": "What goes in the pocket?", "answer": "The single pocket is sized for the things you carry loose, a phone, keys, a wallet, a spare glove or a few tees. It keeps them with you instead of sitting on a bench while you are off collecting balls. The bag also has one divider to keep pocket contents separate from the main compartment.", "source": "Golf Ball Shag Bag with Pick Up Tube", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-ball-shag-bag/" }, { "question": "Can the tube be removed from the bag?", "answer": "Yes, the tube is removable. That is handy for storage, for fitting the bag into a car boot alongside clubs, or if you only want to carry the bag portion. Reattaching is straightforward when you want the full setup again.", "source": "Golf Ball Shag Bag with Pick Up Tube", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-ball-shag-bag/" }, { "question": "Is this a good golf ball shag bag for a home practice net?", "answer": "It is well suited to it. Hitting into a net produces a tight cluster of balls on the ground, and clearing them with the tube is far quicker than crouching. It also stores the balls for you between sessions, so you are ready to hit again without a bucket.", "source": "Golf Ball Shag Bag with Pick Up Tube", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-ball-shag-bag/" }, { "question": "Will it help my back?", "answer": "The whole point of a no bend golf ball retriever is to cut out the repeated bending and straightening that comes with manual pick up. If you have lower back stiffness, that is often the single thing that ends a practice session early. It cannot fix an injury, but it removes a lot of the aggravation.", "source": "Golf Ball Shag Bag with Pick Up Tube", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-ball-shag-bag/" }, { "question": "Can juniors use it?", "answer": "Yes, as long as they can comfortably reach the handle and press down with enough weight to seat a ball. Younger kids may find a fully loaded tube heavy to carry, so emptying it more often helps. Many parents find it turns ball collection into a game rather than a chore.", "source": "Golf Ball Shag Bag with Pick Up Tube", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-ball-shag-bag/" }, { "question": "How do I empty the tube?", "answer": "Tip the tube upside down over a bucket or basket and the balls release from the open end. Some people prefer to hold the tube at an angle and let the balls run out in a controlled line. Either way takes a few seconds for a full load.", "source": "Golf Ball Shag Bag with Pick Up Tube", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-ball-shag-bag/" }, { "question": "Does it fit in a golf bag?", "answer": "With the tube removed, the bag portion packs down reasonably small. The tube itself is long and is normally carried separately or laid across the boot of a car. It is not designed to drop into a club compartment like a club would.", "source": "Golf Ball Shag Bag with Pick Up Tube", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-ball-shag-bag/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable for putting green practice?", "answer": "Yes. A practice green is one of the easiest surfaces for it, since the balls sit high on a short cut surface. Pressing down and moving along a row of putts is quick, and the tube saves you walking a second lap to gather them.", "source": "Golf Ball Shag Bag with Pick Up Tube", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-ball-shag-bag/" }, { "question": "How do I clean it?", "answer": "Wipe the nylon and the plastic with a damp cloth and let both air dry before storing. Shake out any grass clippings or grit that have collected around the tube opening. Keeping that area clear is what keeps pickup feeling smooth.", "source": "Golf Ball Shag Bag with Pick Up Tube", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-ball-shag-bag/" }, { "question": "What if the mechanism starts sticking?", "answer": "Most sticking is caused by grass, sand or mud building up around the retainer at the tube end. Empty the tube, rinse or wipe the opening and let it dry fully. Avoid forcing a ball in while debris is wedged in there.", "source": "Golf Ball Shag Bag with Pick Up Tube", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-ball-shag-bag/" }, { "question": "Can I leave balls stored inside the tube?", "answer": "You can, but it is better to empty it after a session so the mechanism is not under constant pressure. Storing it empty also lets any moisture dry out. If you do leave balls in, keep it somewhere dry and out of direct sun.", "source": "Golf Ball Shag Bag with Pick Up Tube", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-ball-shag-bag/" }, { "question": "Is there more than one colour?", "answer": "The colour listed for this item is Black 1. Other finishes are not specified by the maker. Black is the practical choice for practice gear, since grass stains and range dust do not show.", "source": "Golf Ball Shag Bag with Pick Up Tube", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-ball-shag-bag/" }, { "question": "What are the exact dimensions?", "answer": "Overall dimensions are not specified by the maker. What is confirmed is the capacity of up to 70 balls with the tube fully extended, and an item weight of 600 g. If you need an exact length for storage planning, get in touch before ordering.", "source": "Golf Ball Shag Bag with Pick Up Tube", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-ball-shag-bag/" }, { "question": "Does it come with golf balls?", "answer": "No, the maker's description is for one golf ball shag bag unit. You supply your own practice balls, whether that is range balls, old gamers or a dedicated practice set. The number of items is listed as 1.", "source": "Golf Ball Shag Bag with Pick Up Tube", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-ball-shag-bag/" }, { "question": "Is this a good gift for a golfer?", "answer": "It is one of the more genuinely useful gifts for someone who practises regularly, because most golfers will not buy a practice ball bag for themselves. It suits range regulars, short game players and anyone with a backyard net. It is also easy to wrap, being a single item.", "source": "Golf Ball Shag Bag with Pick Up Tube", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-ball-shag-bag/" }, { "question": "How is it different from a wire ball retriever basket?", "answer": "A roller basket is pushed along the ground and scoops balls through flexible wires, which works well on wide open flat areas. A golf ball collector tube is more precise and better for scattered balls, slopes, around a practice green and tight spaces. The tube also doubles as storage and carry.", "source": "Golf Ball Shag Bag with Pick Up Tube", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-ball-shag-bag/" }, { "question": "Can I use it on artificial turf?", "answer": "Yes. Synthetic practice surfaces and mats are easy for it, since the ball sits proud on the surface. Press straight down rather than at an angle, and the ball feeds in cleanly.", "source": "Golf Ball Shag Bag with Pick Up Tube", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-ball-shag-bag/" }, { "question": "How long does it take to pick up a bucket of balls?", "answer": "Most people clear fifty to seventy balls in a couple of minutes once they get into a rhythm of walk, press, lift. The time saving is biggest when balls are spread out, since you are never stopping to crouch. The real benefit is not just speed, it is that you finish fresh enough to keep practising.", "source": "Golf Ball Shag Bag with Pick Up Tube", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-ball-shag-bag/" }, { "question": "What does delivery involve?", "answer": "We dispatch within 2 working days. Delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier, and remote and regional addresses may take longer. Working days leave out weekends and public holidays. Delivery is free on orders of $150 or more and a flat $15 under that.", "source": "Golf Ball Shag Bag with Pick Up Tube", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-ball-shag-bag/" }, { "question": "Can I return it if I change my mind?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Golf Ball Shag Bag with Pick Up Tube", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-ball-shag-bag/" }, { "question": "What if it is not right when it arrives?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Golf Ball Shag Bag with Pick Up Tube", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-ball-shag-bag/" }, { "question": "What exactly is this product?", "answer": "It is a golf club brush with a water bottle built into the handle. You fill the bottle, squeeze it to release water through the brush head, and scrub dirt out of your clubface and grooves without leaving the fairway.", "source": "Golf Club Brush with Squeeze Water Bottle", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-club-brush-water-bottle/" }, { "question": "How much water does the bottle hold?", "answer": "The bottle holds 4 ounces of water. That is enough for several clubs across a round if you use short squeezes rather than soaking the head each time.", "source": "Golf Club Brush with Squeeze Water Bottle", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-club-brush-water-bottle/" }, { "question": "How big is it?", "answer": "The body is 7.5 inches long. Listed product dimensions are 6.35 x 6.1 x 19.05 cm and the item weighs 82 grams empty.", "source": "Golf Club Brush with Squeeze Water Bottle", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-club-brush-water-bottle/" }, { "question": "Does it need batteries?", "answer": "No. It is entirely manual, so there is nothing to charge and nothing to replace. You squeeze the bottle and the water comes out.", "source": "Golf Club Brush with Squeeze Water Bottle", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-club-brush-water-bottle/" }, { "question": "Can I use it as a dry brush too?", "answer": "Yes. If the clubhead is only dusty you can brush it without squeezing, then add water only when something is properly caked on. Having both modes is part of why a club brush with water bottle is handy.", "source": "Golf Club Brush with Squeeze Water Bottle", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-club-brush-water-bottle/" }, { "question": "What is in the box?", "answer": "The listed components are the big brush head, the bottle, a retainer clip and a gift box. Nothing else is required to start using it.", "source": "Golf Club Brush with Squeeze Water Bottle", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-club-brush-water-bottle/" }, { "question": "How does the retainer clip work?", "answer": "The clip attaches the brush to a bag strap, trolley rail, cart or your waistband so it travels with you. It is one of the main reasons a best golf brush with clip gets used every round rather than left in a pocket.", "source": "Golf Club Brush with Squeeze Water Bottle", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-club-brush-water-bottle/" }, { "question": "Why does cleaning grooves matter?", "answer": "Grooves channel grass and moisture away at impact so the ball can grip the face. When they are packed with dirt, spin drops and distance control gets unpredictable, especially on short irons and wedges.", "source": "Golf Club Brush with Squeeze Water Bottle", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-club-brush-water-bottle/" }, { "question": "Will it work on wedges?", "answer": "Yes. Wedges collect the most turf and sand, so they benefit the most. Many people buy a best golf wedge cleaner specifically for this reason.", "source": "Golf Club Brush with Squeeze Water Bottle", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-club-brush-water-bottle/" }, { "question": "Can I use it on my driver or woods?", "answer": "You can brush the sole and face, but go gently on painted crowns and glossy finishes. Bristles are meant for grooves rather than large decorative surfaces.", "source": "Golf Club Brush with Squeeze Water Bottle", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-club-brush-water-bottle/" }, { "question": "What is it made of?", "answer": "The listed material type is plastic. The specific bristle material is not specified by the maker.", "source": "Golf Club Brush with Squeeze Water Bottle", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-club-brush-water-bottle/" }, { "question": "What colour is it?", "answer": "The listed colour is black. No other colour options are given in the maker's description.", "source": "Golf Club Brush with Squeeze Water Bottle", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-club-brush-water-bottle/" }, { "question": "Can I put soap or cleaning solution in the bottle?", "answer": "We would stick to plain water. Detergents can leave residue on the clubface and may affect the seal and bristles over time.", "source": "Golf Club Brush with Squeeze Water Bottle", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-club-brush-water-bottle/" }, { "question": "Will the bottle leak in my golf bag?", "answer": "The design uses a sealed squeeze bottle, but as with any liquid container it is sensible to close the cap firmly and clip it upright. If you are travelling, empty it first.", "source": "Golf Club Brush with Squeeze Water Bottle", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-club-brush-water-bottle/" }, { "question": "How do I refill it?", "answer": "Open the cap, fill from a tap, drink fountain or water bottle, then close it again. Most people top it up at the turn if they have done a lot of scrubbing on the front nine.", "source": "Golf Club Brush with Squeeze Water Bottle", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-club-brush-water-bottle/" }, { "question": "Can I use it on my golf shoes?", "answer": "Yes. A squirt of water and a scrub clears grass and mud from spikes and soles. The larger head makes that quicker than a small clip-on brush.", "source": "Golf Club Brush with Squeeze Water Bottle", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-club-brush-water-bottle/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable for cleaning golf balls?", "answer": "It works well for that. A short squeeze and a few passes takes most of the mud off a ball when the washer is nowhere near.", "source": "Golf Club Brush with Squeeze Water Bottle", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-club-brush-water-bottle/" }, { "question": "Is it good for a beginner?", "answer": "Very much so. Beginners tend to take heavier divots and collect more turf on the face, so a best golf club cleaner is one of the more useful first accessories to own.", "source": "Golf Club Brush with Squeeze Water Bottle", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-club-brush-water-bottle/" }, { "question": "Does it suit left-handed players?", "answer": "Yes. There is no handed design to it, just a bottle and a brush head, so it works the same either way.", "source": "Golf Club Brush with Squeeze Water Bottle", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-club-brush-water-bottle/" }, { "question": "Is it unisex?", "answer": "Yes, the department product page is unisex adult. Nothing about the size or grip is gender specific.", "source": "Golf Club Brush with Squeeze Water Bottle", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-club-brush-water-bottle/" }, { "question": "How do I clean the brush itself?", "answer": "Rinse the head under running water after your round to flush out sand and grit, then shake it dry. Leaving grit in the bristles wears them down faster.", "source": "Golf Club Brush with Squeeze Water Bottle", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-club-brush-water-bottle/" }, { "question": "How should I store it between rounds?", "answer": "Empty the bottle, leave the cap open so the inside dries, and keep it out of direct sun. Storing it full for weeks is the main thing to avoid.", "source": "Golf Club Brush with Squeeze Water Bottle", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-club-brush-water-bottle/" }, { "question": "Will hot weather affect it?", "answer": "Water left inside a closed bottle in a hot car will get stale and can build pressure. Tip it out after you play and that problem disappears.", "source": "Golf Club Brush with Squeeze Water Bottle", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-club-brush-water-bottle/" }, { "question": "Does it fit on a push trolley?", "answer": "The retainer clip is designed to attach to bags, carts and belts. Most trolley frames and strap loops will take it, though very thick rails may be a tight fit.", "source": "Golf Club Brush with Squeeze Water Bottle", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-club-brush-water-bottle/" }, { "question": "Is it a good gift?", "answer": "It arrives in a gift box, so it presents well without extra wrapping. It is a common pick for a best golf gift for dad because it is practical rather than novelty.", "source": "Golf Club Brush with Squeeze Water Bottle", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-club-brush-water-bottle/" }, { "question": "How long does delivery take?", "answer": "We dispatch within 2 working days. Delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier, and remote and regional addresses may take longer. Working days leave out weekends and public holidays. Delivery is free on orders of $150 or more and a flat $15 under that.", "source": "Golf Club Brush with Squeeze Water Bottle", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-club-brush-water-bottle/" }, { "question": "What if it arrives damaged?", "answer": "We dispatch within 2 working days. Delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier, and remote and regional addresses may take longer. Working days leave out weekends and public holidays. Delivery is free on orders of $150 or more and a flat $15 under that.", "source": "Golf Club Brush with Squeeze Water Bottle", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-club-brush-water-bottle/" }, { "question": "Can I buy more than one?", "answer": "Yes. Plenty of people pick up a second for a spare bag or as a gift, and it is a sensible addition to a best golf club cleaning kit you are putting together for someone.", "source": "Golf Club Brush with Squeeze Water Bottle", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-club-brush-water-bottle/" }, { "question": "What if it is not right for me?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Golf Club Brush with Squeeze Water Bottle", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-club-brush-water-bottle/" }, { "question": "Can I order a larger quantity for a club or event?", "answer": "Yes. Send the product, the quantity and your delivery postcode through our wholesale page and the team will confirm availability and a price. Sending an enquiry does not place an order.", "source": "Golf Club Brush with Squeeze Water Bottle", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-club-brush-water-bottle/" }, { "question": "What exactly comes in this set?", "answer": "You get three golf head covers made for wood clubs. They are supplied in black, with embroidered numbering so you can tell the covers apart. No clubs or other components are included.", "source": "Neoprene Golf Head Covers for Woods, 3 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-head-covers-woods-3-pack/" }, { "question": "What are the covers made from?", "answer": "The listed material is neoprene, with a pull-on closure. Neoprene has natural stretch and a bit of padding to it, which is why it is a common choice for club protection.", "source": "Neoprene Golf Head Covers for Woods, 3 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-head-covers-woods-3-pack/" }, { "question": "Will these fit my driver?", "answer": "They are built for standard wood heads, which covers most drivers on the market. Very large or unusually shaped heads may be a tighter squeeze. If yours is an oversized or non-standard model, measure the head before ordering.", "source": "Neoprene Golf Head Covers for Woods, 3 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-head-covers-woods-3-pack/" }, { "question": "Do they fit fairway woods as well as drivers?", "answer": "Yes. The set is designed for drivers and fairway woods, which is why the covers are numbered. That makes this one of the best fairway wood covers options for a mixed bag.", "source": "Neoprene Golf Head Covers for Woods, 3 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-head-covers-woods-3-pack/" }, { "question": "Are these suitable for hybrids?", "answer": "They are described as wood covers rather than hybrid covers. Hybrid heads are a different shape and usually need their own covers, so we would not promise a good fit on a hybrid.", "source": "Neoprene Golf Head Covers for Woods, 3 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-head-covers-woods-3-pack/" }, { "question": "What numbers are on the covers?", "answer": "The covers carry embroidered numbering for club identification. The exact numbering combination supplied is not specified by the maker, so treat the numbers as a guide to sorting your woods rather than a guaranteed set.", "source": "Neoprene Golf Head Covers for Woods, 3 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-head-covers-woods-3-pack/" }, { "question": "How do they attach?", "answer": "They pull on over the head of the club. There is no zip, magnet or strap. You slide it down over the crown and the long neck grips the top of the shaft.", "source": "Neoprene Golf Head Covers for Woods, 3 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-head-covers-woods-3-pack/" }, { "question": "Will they fall off in the bag?", "answer": "The long neck is there to reduce that. It reaches further down the shaft than a short cover, which gives it more to hold on to. Covers of any kind can work loose if the bag is shaken hard, so push them fully down when you fit them.", "source": "Neoprene Golf Head Covers for Woods, 3 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-head-covers-woods-3-pack/" }, { "question": "What is the mesh outer layer for?", "answer": "It sits on the neck section and adds grip and durability where the cover wraps the shaft. That area gets the most rubbing, so a tougher outer surface helps it last.", "source": "Neoprene Golf Head Covers for Woods, 3 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-head-covers-woods-3-pack/" }, { "question": "What colour are they?", "answer": "Black, with a black pattern listed. That keeps the set neutral so it works with any bag colour.", "source": "Neoprene Golf Head Covers for Woods, 3 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-head-covers-woods-3-pack/" }, { "question": "Are there other colours available?", "answer": "This product covers the black set. We do not have other colourways recorded for this product.", "source": "Neoprene Golf Head Covers for Woods, 3 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-head-covers-woods-3-pack/" }, { "question": "Do these work on left handed clubs?", "answer": "Yes. Head covers are not handed. The cover slips over the head the same way whether the club is right or left handed.", "source": "Neoprene Golf Head Covers for Woods, 3 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-head-covers-woods-3-pack/" }, { "question": "Will they fit my brand of club?", "answer": "They are made to fit most standard wood clubs across the common brands. Fit is driven by head size and shape rather than the maker's badge, so if your heads are standard size you should be fine.", "source": "Neoprene Golf Head Covers for Woods, 3 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-head-covers-woods-3-pack/" }, { "question": "Can I use them for travel?", "answer": "That is one of the main reasons people buy them. Clubs knock around badly in transit, and a padded cover takes the hits instead of the crown. Pair them with a proper travel bag for longer trips.", "source": "Neoprene Golf Head Covers for Woods, 3 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-head-covers-woods-3-pack/" }, { "question": "How do I clean them?", "answer": "Wipe them with a damp cloth and a little mild soap, then let them air dry. Avoid bleach, hot washes and tumble drying, which can damage neoprene over time.", "source": "Neoprene Golf Head Covers for Woods, 3 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-head-covers-woods-3-pack/" }, { "question": "Can they go in the washing machine?", "answer": "We do not recommend it. Machine agitation and heat are hard on neoprene and on embroidered numbering. Hand cleaning keeps the shape and the stitching intact.", "source": "Neoprene Golf Head Covers for Woods, 3 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-head-covers-woods-3-pack/" }, { "question": "What if they get wet during a round?", "answer": "Take them off the clubs when you get home and let them dry fully before refitting. Leaving a damp cover sitting on a club head traps moisture against the finish, which is the one thing you want to avoid.", "source": "Neoprene Golf Head Covers for Woods, 3 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-head-covers-woods-3-pack/" }, { "question": "Do they stretch out over time?", "answer": "Neoprene holds its shape well with normal use. If you yank them off by the very top edge every time, the opening will loosen faster. Grip the neck instead and they will stay snug for longer.", "source": "Neoprene Golf Head Covers for Woods, 3 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-head-covers-woods-3-pack/" }, { "question": "How many clubs will the set cover?", "answer": "Three. If you carry a driver plus two fairway woods, that is covered. Golfers with more woods often buy two sets or add a separate cover.", "source": "Neoprene Golf Head Covers for Woods, 3 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-head-covers-woods-3-pack/" }, { "question": "Are these a good gift for a golfer?", "answer": "They make a practical gift, which is why people search for the best golf head covers around birthdays and holidays. The set suits men and women, and the neutral black means you do not need to guess at a colour preference.", "source": "Neoprene Golf Head Covers for Woods, 3 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-head-covers-woods-3-pack/" }, { "question": "Do I need to know the club brand before buying as a gift?", "answer": "Not usually. Standard wood heads are broadly similar in size, so a universal-fit cover is a safe bet. If the recipient plays an unusual oversized head, check first.", "source": "Neoprene Golf Head Covers for Woods, 3 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-head-covers-woods-3-pack/" }, { "question": "How bulky are they in the bag?", "answer": "Neoprene covers are soft and compress a little, so they take up less room than hard shell covers. They still add some bulk at the top of the bag, which is normal for any head cover.", "source": "Neoprene Golf Head Covers for Woods, 3 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-head-covers-woods-3-pack/" }, { "question": "What are the exact dimensions?", "answer": "Dimensions are not specified by the maker. The covers are sized for standard wood heads rather than listed to a measurement.", "source": "Neoprene Golf Head Covers for Woods, 3 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-head-covers-woods-3-pack/" }, { "question": "How much does the set weigh?", "answer": "Pack weight is not specified by the maker. Three neoprene covers are light, so shipping weight is low either way.", "source": "Neoprene Golf Head Covers for Woods, 3 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-head-covers-woods-3-pack/" }, { "question": "Where are they made?", "answer": "Country of origin is not specified by the maker. The maker's description records the country of publication as China.", "source": "Neoprene Golf Head Covers for Woods, 3 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-head-covers-woods-3-pack/" }, { "question": "Is there a warranty?", "answer": "The maker does not state a warranty period. Every product is covered by the Australian Consumer Law guarantees, and you can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Neoprene Golf Head Covers for Woods, 3 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-head-covers-woods-3-pack/" }, { "question": "How long does delivery take?", "answer": "We dispatch within 2 working days. Delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier, and remote and regional addresses may take longer. Working days leave out weekends and public holidays. Delivery is free on orders of $150 or more and a flat $15 under that.", "source": "Neoprene Golf Head Covers for Woods, 3 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-head-covers-woods-3-pack/" }, { "question": "Can I return them if they do not fit my clubs?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Neoprene Golf Head Covers for Woods, 3 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-head-covers-woods-3-pack/" }, { "question": "Will they protect against deep scratches or only light marks?", "answer": "Neoprene with a padded feel is good at stopping the everyday dings, taps and rub marks that happen inside a bag. It is not armour, so a heavy direct impact or a drop on concrete can still cause damage.", "source": "Neoprene Golf Head Covers for Woods, 3 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-head-covers-woods-3-pack/" }, { "question": "What if they are not right for me?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Neoprene Golf Head Covers for Woods, 3 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-head-covers-woods-3-pack/" }, { "question": "What exactly is in the pack?", "answer": "You get ten knitted iron head covers in one pack. They are sold as a single set, not as individual covers. The listed colour description is 10 Pcs Blue White Iron.", "source": "Knitted Iron Head Covers 10 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/iron-head-covers-10-pack/" }, { "question": "What are the covers made from?", "answer": "The material is acrylic yarn, knitted on both sides. Acrylic is the standard choice for sock-style golf covers because it holds its shape, takes colour well and dries quickly after a damp round.", "source": "Knitted Iron Head Covers 10 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/iron-head-covers-10-pack/" }, { "question": "How do they attach to the club?", "answer": "They are pull-on covers. You slide the sock down over the club head until it sits around the hosel, and you pull it straight off when you want the club. There are no zips, magnets or velcro tabs to deal with.", "source": "Knitted Iron Head Covers 10 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/iron-head-covers-10-pack/" }, { "question": "Will they fit my irons?", "answer": "They are made to suit cavity-back and blade irons from most brands, and the knit stretches to take a range of head shapes. Very oversized game-improvement heads are usually fine too. If your heads are unusually large, measure the widest point before ordering.", "source": "Knitted Iron Head Covers 10 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/iron-head-covers-10-pack/" }, { "question": "Do they fit hybrids?", "answer": "The shorter hybrids in a mixed iron set generally fit. Full-size hybrids with a bigger, deeper head are a tighter proposition and are better served by a dedicated hybrid cover.", "source": "Knitted Iron Head Covers 10 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/iron-head-covers-10-pack/" }, { "question": "Are the covers numbered?", "answer": "The maker does not specify numbering. Treat them as plain solid-pattern covers and work out your own order in the bag, or add small tags if you want to tell them apart at a glance.", "source": "Knitted Iron Head Covers 10 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/iron-head-covers-10-pack/" }, { "question": "Why ten covers instead of nine?", "answer": "Ten gives you room for a run of irons plus a couple of wedges, or a spare if one goes missing on the course. Most golfers end up using eight or nine and keeping one in reserve.", "source": "Knitted Iron Head Covers 10 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/iron-head-covers-10-pack/" }, { "question": "Do they stay on in the bag?", "answer": "The double-sided knit gives the cover enough body to grip the hosel area rather than hanging loose. That is the main reason thicker knitted covers outlast cheap thin ones, which stretch and start sliding off.", "source": "Knitted Iron Head Covers 10 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/iron-head-covers-10-pack/" }, { "question": "Will they stop my clubs rattling?", "answer": "They cut down metal-on-metal contact, which is where most of the noise and most of the damage comes from. You will still hear some movement, but it is noticeably quieter than bare irons knocking together.", "source": "Knitted Iron Head Covers 10 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/iron-head-covers-10-pack/" }, { "question": "Do head covers actually protect the club face?", "answer": "They protect against the everyday scuffing that happens in the bag and in transit, which is the usual cause of chipped paint and scratched toes. They are not armour, so a hard impact can still mark a club.", "source": "Knitted Iron Head Covers 10 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/iron-head-covers-10-pack/" }, { "question": "Are these the best iron head covers for an older set?", "answer": "They suit older sets well, because the point is to stop further wear on clubs that already have some character. Knitted covers are forgiving about head shape, so they work on sets from a decade ago as easily as on current models.", "source": "Knitted Iron Head Covers 10 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/iron-head-covers-10-pack/" }, { "question": "Can I wash them?", "answer": "Yes. Hand wash in cool water with a mild detergent, press out the excess rather than wringing, reshape while damp and dry flat. Keep them away from radiators and direct sun.", "source": "Knitted Iron Head Covers 10 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/iron-head-covers-10-pack/" }, { "question": "Can they go in the washing machine?", "answer": "Hand washing is the safer route for knitted acrylic. A machine cycle can stretch the knit and loosen the fit, which is the one thing you do not want in a pull-on cover.", "source": "Knitted Iron Head Covers 10 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/iron-head-covers-10-pack/" }, { "question": "What happens if they get wet during a round?", "answer": "Acrylic dries fairly fast. Take the covers off the clubs when you get home, lay them flat somewhere airy and let them dry fully before putting them back on, so moisture is not sitting against the heads.", "source": "Knitted Iron Head Covers 10 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/iron-head-covers-10-pack/" }, { "question": "Will the colour run?", "answer": "Wash them on their own in cool water the first time, as you would with any new coloured knitwear. Avoid hot water and bleach entirely.", "source": "Knitted Iron Head Covers 10 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/iron-head-covers-10-pack/" }, { "question": "Do they add much weight to the bag?", "answer": "Barely any. Knitted acrylic covers are light, and ten of them add far less than a single spare towel or a sleeve of balls.", "source": "Knitted Iron Head Covers 10 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/iron-head-covers-10-pack/" }, { "question": "Are they bulky in the bag dividers?", "answer": "There is some added thickness, which is the trade-off for the padding. In a bag with full-length dividers you may need to be slightly more deliberate when returning a club, but it is not an issue in normal use.", "source": "Knitted Iron Head Covers 10 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/iron-head-covers-10-pack/" }, { "question": "Can I use them on a cart bag?", "answer": "Yes. Cart bags are actually where covers earn their keep, because clubs shift around and knock together over bumpy ground.", "source": "Knitted Iron Head Covers 10 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/iron-head-covers-10-pack/" }, { "question": "Do they work for travel?", "answer": "They help for car boots and short trips. For flying, you still want a proper travel bag with a stiff arm or padding, since the risk there is shaft damage rather than surface scuffs.", "source": "Knitted Iron Head Covers 10 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/iron-head-covers-10-pack/" }, { "question": "Are they suitable as a gift?", "answer": "They make a good one. Golf gift ideas are hard once someone owns the basics, and a set of ten covers is useful, inexpensive and immediately usable.", "source": "Knitted Iron Head Covers 10 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/iron-head-covers-10-pack/" }, { "question": "Will they fit left-handed clubs?", "answer": "Yes. Sock-style covers have no handed shaping, so they go on left-handed and right-handed irons the same way.", "source": "Knitted Iron Head Covers 10 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/iron-head-covers-10-pack/" }, { "question": "Are they good for juniors' clubs?", "answer": "Junior iron heads are usually smaller, so the covers will be loose rather than tight. They will still go on, but they may slip more easily than on a full-size set.", "source": "Knitted Iron Head Covers 10 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/iron-head-covers-10-pack/" }, { "question": "How long should a set last?", "answer": "That depends on how often you play and how roughly the bag is handled. Knitted acrylic covers that are washed occasionally and dried properly tend to last several seasons before the knit goes slack.", "source": "Knitted Iron Head Covers 10 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/iron-head-covers-10-pack/" }, { "question": "What if one gets lost?", "answer": "Having ten in the pack means a stray cover left on a tee box is not a disaster. Covers are sold as a set rather than individually, so the spares in the pack are your replacements.", "source": "Knitted Iron Head Covers 10 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/iron-head-covers-10-pack/" }, { "question": "Do they protect the shafts too?", "answer": "The cover sits over the head and around the hosel, so it shields the top of the shaft area where ferrule nicks usually happen. The rest of the shaft is not covered.", "source": "Knitted Iron Head Covers 10 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/iron-head-covers-10-pack/" }, { "question": "Is there a warranty?", "answer": "The maker does not state a warranty period. Every product is covered by the Australian Consumer Law guarantees, and you can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Knitted Iron Head Covers 10 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/iron-head-covers-10-pack/" }, { "question": "What are the finished dimensions of each cover?", "answer": "Cover dimensions are not specified by the maker. The knit is stretchy by design, so fit is based on the stretch range rather than a fixed measurement.", "source": "Knitted Iron Head Covers 10 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/iron-head-covers-10-pack/" }, { "question": "How long does delivery take?", "answer": "We dispatch within 2 working days. Delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier, and remote and regional addresses may take longer. Working days leave out weekends and public holidays. Delivery is free on orders of $150 or more and a flat $15 under that.", "source": "Knitted Iron Head Covers 10 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/iron-head-covers-10-pack/" }, { "question": "Can I return them if I change my mind?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Knitted Iron Head Covers 10 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/iron-head-covers-10-pack/" }, { "question": "What if they do not fit my clubs properly?", "answer": "Let us know. If the covers are too tight or too loose for your iron heads, contact us with your club model and we will sort out a return or point you towards something better suited.", "source": "Knitted Iron Head Covers 10 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/iron-head-covers-10-pack/" }, { "question": "What exactly is in the pack?", "answer": "You get four knitted golf club covers in one pack. They are designed for woods and hybrid style heads rather than irons or putters. The listed included components are four pieces of golf club cover.", "source": "Knitted Golf Head Covers 4 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/knitted-golf-head-covers-4-pack/" }, { "question": "What are the covers made from?", "answer": "The material type is listed as acrylic. Acrylic yarn is soft, stretchy and holds dye well, which is why it is common for knitted golf head covers. It also dries reasonably quickly after a wet round if you let it air out.", "source": "Knitted Golf Head Covers 4 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/knitted-golf-head-covers-4-pack/" }, { "question": "How do the covers stay on the club?", "answer": "Each cover uses a hook and loop closure on the neck section. You pull the cover down over the head, then press the tab closed around the shaft. That stops it sliding off when the bag tilts or you pull a neighbouring club.", "source": "Knitted Golf Head Covers 4 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/knitted-golf-head-covers-4-pack/" }, { "question": "Will they fit my driver?", "answer": "The knit has stretch, which is what lets one cover shape fit a range of heads. Specific head volume compatibility is not specified by the maker, so if you play an unusually large or deep profile driver it is worth comparing against the listed 20 cm by 15 cm dimensions.", "source": "Knitted Golf Head Covers 4 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/knitted-golf-head-covers-4-pack/" }, { "question": "Can I use these on hybrids?", "answer": "Yes, many golfers use a spare cover from a wood head covers set on a rescue or hybrid club. The knit pulls in around a smaller head, so it tends to sit snug rather than loose. The long neck helps keep it stable on a shorter club.", "source": "Knitted Golf Head Covers 4 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/knitted-golf-head-covers-4-pack/" }, { "question": "Do they fit irons?", "answer": "These are shaped for wood and hybrid heads, not blade or cavity back irons. Iron covers are a different shape and usually sold as a full numbered set. For irons, look at a dedicated iron cover set instead.", "source": "Knitted Golf Head Covers 4 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/knitted-golf-head-covers-4-pack/" }, { "question": "What size are the covers?", "answer": "The listed product dimensions are 20 cm long by 15 cm wide. That measurement covers the knitted body, with the neck section adding reach down the shaft. Exact neck length is not specified by the maker.", "source": "Knitted Golf Head Covers 4 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/knitted-golf-head-covers-4-pack/" }, { "question": "What colour is the set?", "answer": "The listed colour is Black Stripe with a striped pattern. That gives the classic clubhouse look that a lot of golfers associate with the best retro golf head covers. Other colourways are not listed by the maker.", "source": "Knitted Golf Head Covers 4 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/knitted-golf-head-covers-4-pack/" }, { "question": "Are they numbered for driver, 3 wood and 5 wood?", "answer": "Numbering is not specified by the maker. Some knitted sets include number tags and some are plain. If you want clubs identified at a glance, it is easy to add your own small tag or clip to the pom pom.", "source": "Knitted Golf Head Covers 4 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/knitted-golf-head-covers-4-pack/" }, { "question": "How heavy is the set?", "answer": "The full four piece set weighs 0.3 kg. That is light enough that you will not notice it when carrying, and it makes no real difference on a push cart or in a buggy.", "source": "Knitted Golf Head Covers 4 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/knitted-golf-head-covers-4-pack/" }, { "question": "Do they protect against scratches?", "answer": "The knitted body sits between your club head and whatever else is in the bag, so it takes the knocks instead of your paintwork. The long neck adds cover over the shaft and hosel area. Nothing eliminates wear completely, but good covers slow it down a lot.", "source": "Knitted Golf Head Covers 4 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/knitted-golf-head-covers-4-pack/" }, { "question": "Can I wash them?", "answer": "Yes. Hand wash in cool water with a mild detergent, press out the water gently rather than wringing, then reshape and dry flat. Close the hook and loop tab first so it does not snag the knit.", "source": "Knitted Golf Head Covers 4 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/knitted-golf-head-covers-4-pack/" }, { "question": "Can they go in a washing machine?", "answer": "Hand washing is safer for knitted acrylic because machine agitation can stretch the shape and the closure tab can catch on the fibres. If you do use a machine, a mesh laundry bag on a cool gentle cycle is the lower risk option. Always dry flat, never in a hot dryer.", "source": "Knitted Golf Head Covers 4 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/knitted-golf-head-covers-4-pack/" }, { "question": "What happens if they get wet on the course?", "answer": "Acrylic handles damp well, but you should still take wet covers off the clubs when you get home. Leave them out to air dry fully before putting them back on. Storing a damp cover against a club head is how musty smells start.", "source": "Knitted Golf Head Covers 4 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/knitted-golf-head-covers-4-pack/" }, { "question": "Will the knit stretch out over time?", "answer": "Knitted covers do relax a little with use, which is normal. Washing them in cool water and drying flat rather than hanging helps them keep their shape. Avoiding hot water and dryers is the main thing.", "source": "Knitted Golf Head Covers 4 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/knitted-golf-head-covers-4-pack/" }, { "question": "Is there a pom pom?", "answer": "The styling is the traditional knitted look associated with pom pom tops. Pom pom detailing is part of the classic design for this category, though the exact trim is best confirmed from the product images. The listed pattern is striped.", "source": "Knitted Golf Head Covers 4 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/knitted-golf-head-covers-4-pack/" }, { "question": "Are these a good gift for a golfer?", "answer": "They work well as a gift because they suit almost any bag and do not need sizing like gloves or shoes do. A four pack covers a typical set of woods, so it feels complete rather than token. Plenty of people buy them as the best golf gift set option under a modest budget.", "source": "Knitted Golf Head Covers 4 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/knitted-golf-head-covers-4-pack/" }, { "question": "Will they look right on a modern bag?", "answer": "Knitted stripes contrast nicely against a plain modern bag, which is part of their appeal. If your bag is already busy with pattern, the black stripe option is the more neutral choice. It is a style call more than a performance one.", "source": "Knitted Golf Head Covers 4 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/knitted-golf-head-covers-4-pack/" }, { "question": "Do they help me find my clubs?", "answer": "Yes, in a practical way. Distinctive knitted covers make your woods easy to spot on a shared rack or in the back of a cart. That is one of the quiet reasons people like the best striped golf head covers.", "source": "Knitted Golf Head Covers 4 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/knitted-golf-head-covers-4-pack/" }, { "question": "Can I put them on and off quickly?", "answer": "The stretchy knit pulls off in one motion, and the closure tab releases with a light tug. Most golfers manage it one handed by the second or third round. There is no zip or buckle to fiddle with.", "source": "Knitted Golf Head Covers 4 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/knitted-golf-head-covers-4-pack/" }, { "question": "Will they fall off while walking?", "answer": "The hook and loop closure is there specifically to stop that. Make sure the tab is pressed fully closed around the shaft after you replace the club. A loose tab is the usual reason a cover gets left behind.", "source": "Knitted Golf Head Covers 4 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/knitted-golf-head-covers-4-pack/" }, { "question": "Is a warranty included?", "answer": "The maker does not state a warranty period. Every product is covered by the Australian Consumer Law guarantees, and you can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Knitted Golf Head Covers 4 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/knitted-golf-head-covers-4-pack/" }, { "question": "Who makes them?", "answer": "The brand is and the manufacturer is listed as Sports. Country of publication is listed as China.", "source": "Knitted Golf Head Covers 4 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/knitted-golf-head-covers-4-pack/" }, { "question": "What is the UPC?", "answer": "The UPC for this set is 655036922620. You can use it to match the exact product if you are cross checking the item.", "source": "Knitted Golf Head Covers 4 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/knitted-golf-head-covers-4-pack/" }, { "question": "How many covers do I actually need?", "answer": "Most bags carry a driver plus two or three woods or hybrids, so four is the common number. If you carry fewer, keep the spare in a bag pocket for when one goes missing. It happens more often than people expect.", "source": "Knitted Golf Head Covers 4 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/knitted-golf-head-covers-4-pack/" }, { "question": "Are they suitable for junior clubs?", "answer": "The stretch in the knit means they can fit smaller heads, though they may sit a little loose on very small junior woods. The closure tab helps take up slack on the neck. Specific junior club compatibility is not specified by the maker.", "source": "Knitted Golf Head Covers 4 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/knitted-golf-head-covers-4-pack/" }, { "question": "Can I leave them on in the rain?", "answer": "You can, and the knit will soak up some water in heavy rain like any fabric cover. Take them off at home and let them dry fully before storing. Covers are not waterproof, they are protective padding.", "source": "Knitted Golf Head Covers 4 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/knitted-golf-head-covers-4-pack/" }, { "question": "How long does delivery take?", "answer": "We dispatch within 2 working days. Delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier, and remote and regional addresses may take longer. Working days leave out weekends and public holidays. Delivery is free on orders of $150 or more and a flat $15 under that.", "source": "Knitted Golf Head Covers 4 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/knitted-golf-head-covers-4-pack/" }, { "question": "What is your returns policy?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Knitted Golf Head Covers 4 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/knitted-golf-head-covers-4-pack/" }, { "question": "What if they are not right for my clubs?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Knitted Golf Head Covers 4 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/knitted-golf-head-covers-4-pack/" }, { "question": "What exactly comes in this kit?", "answer": "You get two items, a tri-fold microfibre golf towel and a retractable golf club brush with a groove pick. Both are supplied in one standard pack. There is nothing to assemble.", "source": "Microfibre Golf Towel and Retractable Brush Kit", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/microfibre-golf-towel-brush-kit/" }, { "question": "How big is the towel?", "answer": "The towel measures 59.9 cm long by 39.9 cm wide. That is a hand-towel size, which folds in three down to a compact shape that sits flat against a golf bag. It is large enough to clean a full set without feeling bulky.", "source": "Microfibre Golf Towel and Retractable Brush Kit", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/microfibre-golf-towel-brush-kit/" }, { "question": "What is the towel made from?", "answer": "The towel is microfiber with a waffle weave. Microfibre fibres are very fine, so they trap dirt in the cloth instead of pushing it along the surface. The waffle texture adds grip for heavier mud and sand.", "source": "Microfibre Golf Towel and Retractable Brush Kit", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/microfibre-golf-towel-brush-kit/" }, { "question": "Why choose a microfibre golf towel over cotton?", "answer": "Microfibre holds more water for its weight, dries faster and releases less lint. Cotton tends to leave fluff on glossy club crowns and gets heavy once it is soaked. For most players the best microfibre golf towel is the one that dries between holes, and that is where microfibre wins.", "source": "Microfibre Golf Towel and Retractable Brush Kit", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/microfibre-golf-towel-brush-kit/" }, { "question": "What does the waffle pattern actually do?", "answer": "The raised squares create pockets and edges across the cloth. Those edges scrape caked dirt loose while the pockets hold it, so you are not just smearing mud across the face. On a flat weave the same dirt often slides sideways.", "source": "Microfibre Golf Towel and Retractable Brush Kit", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/microfibre-golf-towel-brush-kit/" }, { "question": "Is the towel really lint free?", "answer": "It is listed as lint free, which means it is designed not to shed fibres onto club faces or painted surfaces. In practice you may see a tiny amount on the very first use, which clears after the first wash. After that it should leave faces clean and streak free.", "source": "Microfibre Golf Towel and Retractable Brush Kit", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/microfibre-golf-towel-brush-kit/" }, { "question": "How does the towel attach to my bag?", "answer": "There is a carabiner clip built into the towel so it hangs off a bag ring, strap or trolley frame. That keeps it within reach while you walk and stops it ending up at the bottom of a pocket. It unclips in a second if you want to carry it in hand.", "source": "Microfibre Golf Towel and Retractable Brush Kit", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/microfibre-golf-towel-brush-kit/" }, { "question": "What is the brush for?", "answer": "The brush clears dirt that a towel cannot shift, mainly packed turf on sole plates and soil inside grooves. One bristle side is softer for woods and hybrids, the other is firmer for iron faces. There is also a pointed pick for stubborn grooves.", "source": "Microfibre Golf Towel and Retractable Brush Kit", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/microfibre-golf-towel-brush-kit/" }, { "question": "Will the brush scratch my clubs?", "answer": "Use the soft side on woods, hybrids and any painted surface, and the firm side on iron faces and soles. Used that way it is designed to clean without marking the finish. Avoid running the metal pick across a painted crown.", "source": "Microfibre Golf Towel and Retractable Brush Kit", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/microfibre-golf-towel-brush-kit/" }, { "question": "What is the retractable zip-line?", "answer": "It is a spring-loaded cord that lets you pull the brush out to arm's length and then lets it wind back to the bag on its own. You never have to unclip anything or put the brush down somewhere and forget it. It is one of the reasons the best golf club brush setups stay attached all season.", "source": "Microfibre Golf Towel and Retractable Brush Kit", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/microfibre-golf-towel-brush-kit/" }, { "question": "Do I need to wet the towel first?", "answer": "It works dry for dusting off loose grass and dry soil. For mud and wet sand, dampen one corner and keep the rest dry so you can finish with a dry wipe. Many players carry it folded with one wet third and two dry thirds.", "source": "Microfibre Golf Towel and Retractable Brush Kit", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/microfibre-golf-towel-brush-kit/" }, { "question": "Can I use it on grips as well as club heads?", "answer": "Yes. A damp wipe over a worn grip lifts the oils and sweat that make it slick, and a dry pass afterwards brings back some tack. Do this every few rounds and your grips will last noticeably longer.", "source": "Microfibre Golf Towel and Retractable Brush Kit", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/microfibre-golf-towel-brush-kit/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable for golf balls?", "answer": "It is. A quick rub on the waffle texture clears dirt from the dimples, which matters more than most people realise for roll on the green. The pick is not needed for balls, just the towel.", "source": "Microfibre Golf Towel and Retractable Brush Kit", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/microfibre-golf-towel-brush-kit/" }, { "question": "How do I wash the towel?", "answer": "Hand wash only. Rinse in cool or warm water with a small amount of mild detergent, rub out any ground-in dirt, then rinse until clear and hang to air dry. Skip the bleach and skip fabric softener.", "source": "Microfibre Golf Towel and Retractable Brush Kit", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/microfibre-golf-towel-brush-kit/" }, { "question": "Why no fabric softener?", "answer": "Softener leaves a coating on microfibre fibres that fills the gaps they use to absorb water. The towel then feels soft but stops soaking anything up. It is the single most common way a good microfibre towel gets ruined.", "source": "Microfibre Golf Towel and Retractable Brush Kit", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/microfibre-golf-towel-brush-kit/" }, { "question": "How do I clean the brush?", "answer": "Hold the bristles under running water and work out the packed dirt with your fingers or a fingernail. Shake off the water and let it dry completely before clipping it back to the bag. Do not put it in a washing machine.", "source": "Microfibre Golf Towel and Retractable Brush Kit", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/microfibre-golf-towel-brush-kit/" }, { "question": "What colour is it?", "answer": "Black, in a plain solid pattern. That suits most bag and club combinations and hides dirt between washes better than a light colour. The shape is a simple rectangle with sewn edges.", "source": "Microfibre Golf Towel and Retractable Brush Kit", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/microfibre-golf-towel-brush-kit/" }, { "question": "Who is this aimed at?", "answer": "Adult golfers of any standard. Beginners get the benefit of learning to clean grooves early, and regular players get a replacement for a towel that has gone stiff and grey. It is a common pick for best golf accessories for beginners for exactly that reason.", "source": "Microfibre Golf Towel and Retractable Brush Kit", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/microfibre-golf-towel-brush-kit/" }, { "question": "Does it work for practice at the range?", "answer": "Very much so. Range mats and worn turf leave a surprising amount of residue on faces, and a hundred-ball session will dull your grooves. Clipping the kit to your range bag means you can keep clubs clean while you work.", "source": "Microfibre Golf Towel and Retractable Brush Kit", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/microfibre-golf-towel-brush-kit/" }, { "question": "Will it fit a cart bag and a carry bag?", "answer": "Both. The towel clips to any D-ring, loop or strap, and the brush zip-line does the same. It also clips to a push trolley frame or a duffel if you prefer to keep it off the clubs.", "source": "Microfibre Golf Towel and Retractable Brush Kit", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/microfibre-golf-towel-brush-kit/" }, { "question": "How many towels come in the pack?", "answer": "The pack contains two items in total, one towel and one brush. It is sold as a single pack, not a multi-pack of towels. If you want a spare towel for the boot of the car, order a second kit.", "source": "Microfibre Golf Towel and Retractable Brush Kit", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/microfibre-golf-towel-brush-kit/" }, { "question": "Can I use it in wet weather?", "answer": "Yes, though a soaked towel in heavy rain will reach its limit like any other. The advantage of microfibre is that it keeps working when damp and dries quickly once the rain stops. Many players carry one of these plus a dry spare in rain gear.", "source": "Microfibre Golf Towel and Retractable Brush Kit", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/microfibre-golf-towel-brush-kit/" }, { "question": "Does it make a good gift?", "answer": "It does. It is useful rather than novelty, it suits any skill level and it fits the sort of occasions where golf gifts get handed over, like birthdays and Christmas. A best golf gift set does not need to be expensive, it needs to get used.", "source": "Microfibre Golf Towel and Retractable Brush Kit", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/microfibre-golf-towel-brush-kit/" }, { "question": "How long should the towel last?", "answer": "With hand washing and no softener, a microfibre towel of this type will typically give you several seasons of regular play. The main failure point is usually the clip or the stitching, both of which are sewn and hemmed here. Replace it when the texture goes flat and it stops absorbing.", "source": "Microfibre Golf Towel and Retractable Brush Kit", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/microfibre-golf-towel-brush-kit/" }, { "question": "Is the product weight listed?", "answer": "The packaged weight is not specified by the maker, so we have left that field blank rather than guess. The towel itself is a light hand-towel size and the brush is a small plastic unit. Together they add very little to a bag.", "source": "Microfibre Golf Towel and Retractable Brush Kit", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/microfibre-golf-towel-brush-kit/" }, { "question": "Where is it made?", "answer": "The country of origin is not specified by the maker. If that detail matters for your purchase, contact us before ordering and we will check with the maker.", "source": "Microfibre Golf Towel and Retractable Brush Kit", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/microfibre-golf-towel-brush-kit/" }, { "question": "How long does delivery take?", "answer": "We dispatch within 2 working days. Delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier, and remote and regional addresses may take longer. Working days leave out weekends and public holidays. Delivery is free on orders of $150 or more and a flat $15 under that.", "source": "Microfibre Golf Towel and Retractable Brush Kit", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/microfibre-golf-towel-brush-kit/" }, { "question": "What is the returns policy?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Microfibre Golf Towel and Retractable Brush Kit", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/microfibre-golf-towel-brush-kit/" }, { "question": "Can I buy more than one?", "answer": "Yes, and plenty of people do. One lives on the golf bag, another goes in the car for cleaning shoes and trolley wheels. If you are buying as gifts, ordering a few at once is straightforward.", "source": "Microfibre Golf Towel and Retractable Brush Kit", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/microfibre-golf-towel-brush-kit/" }, { "question": "What if it is not right for me?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Microfibre Golf Towel and Retractable Brush Kit", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/microfibre-golf-towel-brush-kit/" }, { "question": "What exactly comes in the pack?", "answer": "You get 50 plastic golf tees in total. Forty of them are 2-3/4 inches long and ten of them are 1-1/2 inches long. They are packaged together as one Combo Tee 50 pack.", "source": "Combo Plastic Golf Tees 50 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/plastic-golf-tees-50-pack/" }, { "question": "Why are there two different tee lengths?", "answer": "Different clubs want the ball at different heights. The 2-3/4 inch tees suit a driver or a big fairway wood, while the 1-1/2 inch tees are better for irons and shorter par three shots. Having both means you are covered no matter what club comes out of the bag.", "source": "Combo Plastic Golf Tees 50 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/plastic-golf-tees-50-pack/" }, { "question": "What are the tees made from?", "answer": "Plastic. The maker gives the material type as plastic for the whole pack, and that is the main reason players choose this style over timber.", "source": "Combo Plastic Golf Tees 50 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/plastic-golf-tees-50-pack/" }, { "question": "Are plastic tees actually more durable than wooden ones?", "answer": "Plastic construction is designed to last longer than a wooden tee, which tends to snap on a firm strike. You will still lose some to the mower and to the rough, but breakage on impact is far less common.", "source": "Combo Plastic Golf Tees 50 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/plastic-golf-tees-50-pack/" }, { "question": "What is the low-resistance tip for?", "answer": "The tip is shaped to cut friction as the ball leaves the tee. Less drag at contact means a cleaner launch and slightly less wear on the tee itself.", "source": "Combo Plastic Golf Tees 50 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/plastic-golf-tees-50-pack/" }, { "question": "What does the colour bar on the stem do?", "answer": "It marks the length of the tee so you can tell the long ones from the short ones at a glance. When you are digging through a bag pocket, that small visual cue saves time.", "source": "Combo Plastic Golf Tees 50 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/plastic-golf-tees-50-pack/" }, { "question": "What colour are the tees?", "answer": "The pack is listed as white. The colour bar on the stem is what distinguishes the two lengths.", "source": "Combo Plastic Golf Tees 50 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/plastic-golf-tees-50-pack/" }, { "question": "Which tee height should I use with my driver?", "answer": "Most players with a modern driver head want about half the ball sitting above the crown at address, and the 2-3/4 inch tee is cut for that. If you tee it too low you tend to hit down on it and lose launch. These are among the best golf tees for drivers for that reason.", "source": "Combo Plastic Golf Tees 50 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/plastic-golf-tees-50-pack/" }, { "question": "When would I use the short 1-1/2 inch tees?", "answer": "Use them for irons and hybrids on a par three, and on tee boxes where you want the ball barely off the turf. They are also handy on firm ground where a long tee will not push in cleanly. They work well as the best short golf tees for iron play.", "source": "Combo Plastic Golf Tees 50 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/plastic-golf-tees-50-pack/" }, { "question": "Are these suitable for a beginner?", "answer": "Yes. A mixed length pack is one of the easiest ways for a new player to learn what tee height suits each club, and the durability means fewer interruptions. Many coaches point beginners toward the best golf tees for beginners being exactly this kind of two-height set.", "source": "Combo Plastic Golf Tees 50 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/plastic-golf-tees-50-pack/" }, { "question": "Will 50 tees last me long?", "answer": "It depends on how often you play and how often you lose them. A typical club golfer who plays weekly might get several months out of a pack, since plastic tees survive strikes that would snap wood.", "source": "Combo Plastic Golf Tees 50 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/plastic-golf-tees-50-pack/" }, { "question": "Can I use these at a driving range?", "answer": "You can, if the range has grass bays where tees are allowed. Mat bays usually have fixed rubber tees instead. Carrying a few in the practice bag is still worth it for the grass sessions.", "source": "Combo Plastic Golf Tees 50 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/plastic-golf-tees-50-pack/" }, { "question": "Are they legal for competition play?", "answer": "Standard plastic tees of normal length are used in club golf everywhere. If you compete under strict rules, check the current equipment guidance for your competition, since tee rules cover length and any feature that could influence ball flight.", "source": "Combo Plastic Golf Tees 50 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/plastic-golf-tees-50-pack/" }, { "question": "Do they work in hard, dry ground?", "answer": "The shorter tees push in more easily when the ground is baked. For the long tees on firm turf, press straight down with steady pressure rather than twisting, and pick a softer patch of the tee box if you can.", "source": "Combo Plastic Golf Tees 50 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/plastic-golf-tees-50-pack/" }, { "question": "Will they bend instead of breaking?", "answer": "Plastic tends to flex before it fails, so you may see a slight bend after a heavy strike. A bent tee still works for a while, but retire it once the stem no longer stands straight.", "source": "Combo Plastic Golf Tees 50 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/plastic-golf-tees-50-pack/" }, { "question": "How much does the pack weigh?", "answer": "The listed item weight is 80.74 grams and the shipping weight is 0.23 kg. It takes up almost no room in a golf bag pocket.", "source": "Combo Plastic Golf Tees 50 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/plastic-golf-tees-50-pack/" }, { "question": "What are the pack dimensions?", "answer": "The product dimensions are listed as 6.99 x 0.97 x 0.97 cm. That figure reflects a single tee rather than the retail bundle.", "source": "Combo Plastic Golf Tees 50 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/plastic-golf-tees-50-pack/" }, { "question": "Where are they made?", "answer": "Country of origin is not specified by the maker, so we do not state one.", "source": "Combo Plastic Golf Tees 50 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/plastic-golf-tees-50-pack/" }, { "question": "Do I need different tees for a hybrid?", "answer": "A hybrid usually sits between an iron and a fairway wood, so many players tee it just a touch higher than an iron. The short tee pushed in slightly less deep handles that well, which makes this pack one of the best tees for hybrids setups you can carry.", "source": "Combo Plastic Golf Tees 50 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/plastic-golf-tees-50-pack/" }, { "question": "How do I clean them?", "answer": "Rinse off mud and grass after a wet round and let them air dry before they go back in the bag. Dried mud in the cup can affect how the ball sits.", "source": "Combo Plastic Golf Tees 50 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/plastic-golf-tees-50-pack/" }, { "question": "How should I store them?", "answer": "Keep them somewhere dry, ideally in a zipped bag pocket or a small tee holder. Loose tees rolling around a car boot get stepped on and lost.", "source": "Combo Plastic Golf Tees 50 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/plastic-golf-tees-50-pack/" }, { "question": "Can I reuse the same tee for a whole round?", "answer": "Often yes, which is part of the appeal of plastic. Keep an eye on the stem and swap it out once it bends or the cup gets chewed up.", "source": "Combo Plastic Golf Tees 50 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/plastic-golf-tees-50-pack/" }, { "question": "Are these good value compared with buying wooden tees?", "answer": "Per tee, timber is usually cheaper, but you replace it far more often. Over a season, a durable pack like this frequently works out as the best value golf tees option.", "source": "Combo Plastic Golf Tees 50 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/plastic-golf-tees-50-pack/" }, { "question": "Do they come in other colours or sizes?", "answer": "This product covers the white 50 pack with the 2-3/4 inch and 1-1/2 inch combination. Other configurations are not included by the maker.", "source": "Combo Plastic Golf Tees 50 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/plastic-golf-tees-50-pack/" }, { "question": "Would this make a decent gift?", "answer": "It is a solid small gift or a stocking filler for anyone who plays. Tees are the one item every golfer runs out of, so a bulk pack is rarely unwelcome. It also slots in nicely alongside the best golf bag accessories in a gift bundle.", "source": "Combo Plastic Golf Tees 50 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/plastic-golf-tees-50-pack/" }, { "question": "Are they safe for junior golfers?", "answer": "Tees themselves are simple and safe to handle, though the tips are pointed, so keep them away from small children. Juniors swinging shorter clubs will usually prefer the 1-1/2 inch tees.", "source": "Combo Plastic Golf Tees 50 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/plastic-golf-tees-50-pack/" }, { "question": "How fast will my order arrive?", "answer": "We dispatch within 2 working days. Delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier, and remote and regional addresses may take longer. Working days leave out weekends and public holidays. Delivery is free on orders of $150 or more and a flat $15 under that.", "source": "Combo Plastic Golf Tees 50 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/plastic-golf-tees-50-pack/" }, { "question": "What is the returns process?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Combo Plastic Golf Tees 50 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/plastic-golf-tees-50-pack/" }, { "question": "What if the tee heights are not right for my swing?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Combo Plastic Golf Tees 50 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/plastic-golf-tees-50-pack/" }, { "question": "Can I order a larger quantity for a club or event?", "answer": "Yes. Send the product, the quantity and your delivery postcode through our wholesale page and the team will confirm availability and a price. Sending an enquiry does not place an order.", "source": "Combo Plastic Golf Tees 50 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/plastic-golf-tees-50-pack/" }, { "question": "What exactly is this product?", "answer": "It is a golf ball pick up claw that attaches to the end of your putter grip. Three plastic prongs grab the ball so you can lift it out of the hole while standing. The pack contains three claws.", "source": "Putter Grip Golf Ball Pick Up Claw (3 Pack)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/putter-grip-ball-pick-up-3-pack/" }, { "question": "How does the claw attach to my putter?", "answer": "Most standard putter grips have a small hole at the butt end. The claw has a threaded base and comes with a screw that fixes it into that hole. It takes under a minute with no tools beyond your fingers.", "source": "Putter Grip Golf Ball Pick Up Claw (3 Pack)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/putter-grip-ball-pick-up-3-pack/" }, { "question": "Does it fit every putter?", "answer": "It suits most golf putters with a standard grip that has an end hole. It is not designed for Super Stroke or similar oversized grips. If you are unsure, check whether your grip has an open hole at the top of the butt end.", "source": "Putter Grip Golf Ball Pick Up Claw (3 Pack)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/putter-grip-ball-pick-up-3-pack/" }, { "question": "How do I actually pick the ball up?", "answer": "Hold the putter so the claw points down, lower it onto the ball and press. The prongs spread over the ball and then close around it. Lift and the ball comes with the putter.", "source": "Putter Grip Golf Ball Pick Up Claw (3 Pack)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/putter-grip-ball-pick-up-3-pack/" }, { "question": "Will it work on a ball sitting at the bottom of the cup?", "answer": "Yes, that is the main use. The claw is sized to drop into a regulation hole and grab the ball off the bottom. This is why it is often searched for as a golf cup ball retriever.", "source": "Putter Grip Golf Ball Pick Up Claw (3 Pack)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/putter-grip-ball-pick-up-3-pack/" }, { "question": "Can I use it to pick up a ball on the grass too?", "answer": "Yes. It works on a ball lying on the green or fairway as long as the ball is not buried in thick rough. Press straight down for the most reliable grab.", "source": "Putter Grip Golf Ball Pick Up Claw (3 Pack)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/putter-grip-ball-pick-up-3-pack/" }, { "question": "Does it affect how the putter feels?", "answer": "The claw weighs very little at 0.04 kg and sits at the butt end, away from the head. Most players notice almost no change. If it bothers you, unscrew it before a round.", "source": "Putter Grip Golf Ball Pick Up Claw (3 Pack)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/putter-grip-ball-pick-up-3-pack/" }, { "question": "Why are there three in the pack?", "answer": "A three pack lets you fit one, keep one as a spare, and give one away. Spares are useful because small accessories like this get left on greens or in rental bags.", "source": "Putter Grip Golf Ball Pick Up Claw (3 Pack)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/putter-grip-ball-pick-up-3-pack/" }, { "question": "Is this good for someone with a bad back?", "answer": "It is designed around that problem. Removing the bend on every green is the whole point, which is why many people buy it as a golf ball retriever for seniors or for players with hip and knee trouble.", "source": "Putter Grip Golf Ball Pick Up Claw (3 Pack)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/putter-grip-ball-pick-up-3-pack/" }, { "question": "What colour is it?", "answer": "The claws are black, which blends in with most putter grips and headcovers. Colour options other than black are not listed by the maker.", "source": "Putter Grip Golf Ball Pick Up Claw (3 Pack)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/putter-grip-ball-pick-up-3-pack/" }, { "question": "What is it made from?", "answer": "The grip material is listed as rubber and the claw itself is plastic, with a metal bottom screw for the fixing. Exact polymer grades are not specified by the maker.", "source": "Putter Grip Golf Ball Pick Up Claw (3 Pack)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/putter-grip-ball-pick-up-3-pack/" }, { "question": "How much does it weigh?", "answer": "The item weight is listed as 0.04 kg. That is light enough that leaving it attached through a full round is comfortable for most players.", "source": "Putter Grip Golf Ball Pick Up Claw (3 Pack)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/putter-grip-ball-pick-up-3-pack/" }, { "question": "Are the dimensions listed anywhere?", "answer": "Overall dimensions are not specified by the maker. The claw is sized to fit inside a regulation golf hole and to thread into a standard grip end.", "source": "Putter Grip Golf Ball Pick Up Claw (3 Pack)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/putter-grip-ball-pick-up-3-pack/" }, { "question": "Is it legal to use during a round?", "answer": "Ball retrieval devices are generally treated as equipment for convenience rather than playing aids, but competition rules vary by club and event. If you are playing in an official competition, ask the organiser first.", "source": "Putter Grip Golf Ball Pick Up Claw (3 Pack)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/putter-grip-ball-pick-up-3-pack/" }, { "question": "Can I leave it on while putting?", "answer": "Yes, it is designed to stay attached without interfering with the stroke. Some players prefer to remove it for tournament rounds, which takes only a few seconds.", "source": "Putter Grip Golf Ball Pick Up Claw (3 Pack)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/putter-grip-ball-pick-up-3-pack/" }, { "question": "Will it scratch my putter grip?", "answer": "The claw threads into the existing hole rather than clamping around the grip, so it does not rub the rubber. Avoid overtightening, as forcing the screw can widen the hole over time.", "source": "Putter Grip Golf Ball Pick Up Claw (3 Pack)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/putter-grip-ball-pick-up-3-pack/" }, { "question": "What if the claw works loose?", "answer": "Hand-tighten the bottom screw. It is worth a quick check every few rounds, the same way you would check a spike or a glove strap.", "source": "Putter Grip Golf Ball Pick Up Claw (3 Pack)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/putter-grip-ball-pick-up-3-pack/" }, { "question": "Can kids use it?", "answer": "Yes, as long as their putter has a standard grip with an end hole. It is simple enough for junior players and saves them chasing balls around the practice green.", "source": "Putter Grip Golf Ball Pick Up Claw (3 Pack)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/putter-grip-ball-pick-up-3-pack/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable for practice putting at home?", "answer": "It works on indoor putting mats and practice cups just as well, provided the cup is deep enough for the claw to reach the ball. It saves a lot of stooping during long practice sessions.", "source": "Putter Grip Golf Ball Pick Up Claw (3 Pack)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/putter-grip-ball-pick-up-3-pack/" }, { "question": "How do I clean it?", "answer": "Wipe it with a damp cloth after a muddy or wet round and let it air dry. Avoid solvents, and do not leave it baking in a hot car for days on end.", "source": "Putter Grip Golf Ball Pick Up Claw (3 Pack)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/putter-grip-ball-pick-up-3-pack/" }, { "question": "Does it rust?", "answer": "The claw body is plastic and the grip material is rubber, so those parts will not rust. The bottom screw is metal, so drying it after wet rounds is sensible.", "source": "Putter Grip Golf Ball Pick Up Claw (3 Pack)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/putter-grip-ball-pick-up-3-pack/" }, { "question": "Will it grab different ball brands?", "answer": "All regulation golf balls share the same diameter, so the claw handles them the same way regardless of brand or compression.", "source": "Putter Grip Golf Ball Pick Up Claw (3 Pack)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/putter-grip-ball-pick-up-3-pack/" }, { "question": "Is this the same as a telescopic water retriever?", "answer": "No. A telescopic retriever is a long pole for fishing balls out of ponds. This is a compact claw for lifting balls from the hole or off the ground without bending.", "source": "Putter Grip Golf Ball Pick Up Claw (3 Pack)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/putter-grip-ball-pick-up-3-pack/" }, { "question": "Does it come with instructions?", "answer": "Fitting is straightforward and the only part needed is the included screw. Line the threaded base up with the hole at the end of the grip and turn until snug.", "source": "Putter Grip Golf Ball Pick Up Claw (3 Pack)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/putter-grip-ball-pick-up-3-pack/" }, { "question": "What is included in the box?", "answer": "Three ball retriever claws, listed as included components in the maker's description. Screws for fitting are supplied with the claws.", "source": "Putter Grip Golf Ball Pick Up Claw (3 Pack)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/putter-grip-ball-pick-up-3-pack/" }, { "question": "Does it make a good gift?", "answer": "It is one of the easier golf gifts for dad or a golfing partner, because it is useful rather than decorative and it suits any skill level. The three pack means one gift covers a couple of people.", "source": "Putter Grip Golf Ball Pick Up Claw (3 Pack)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/putter-grip-ball-pick-up-3-pack/" }, { "question": "How is it delivered?", "answer": "We dispatch within 2 working days. Delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier, and remote and regional addresses may take longer. Working days leave out weekends and public holidays. Delivery is free on orders of $150 or more and a flat $15 under that.", "source": "Putter Grip Golf Ball Pick Up Claw (3 Pack)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/putter-grip-ball-pick-up-3-pack/" }, { "question": "Can I return it if it does not fit my grip?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Putter Grip Golf Ball Pick Up Claw (3 Pack)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/putter-grip-ball-pick-up-3-pack/" }, { "question": "Does it come with a warranty?", "answer": "The maker does not state a warranty period. Every product is covered by the Australian Consumer Law guarantees, and you can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Putter Grip Golf Ball Pick Up Claw (3 Pack)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/putter-grip-ball-pick-up-3-pack/" }, { "question": "What if it is not right for me?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Putter Grip Golf Ball Pick Up Claw (3 Pack)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/putter-grip-ball-pick-up-3-pack/" }, { "question": "What exactly comes in the box?", "answer": "Thirteen rubber golf grips in standard size, finished in blue. That is enough to cover a typical bag of woods, irons and wedges. Grip tape, solvent and tools are not listed as included in the maker's description, so plan to buy those separately.", "source": "Rubber Golf Grips 13 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/rubber-golf-grips-13-pack/" }, { "question": "Why thirteen grips and not fourteen?", "answer": "Most players re-grip their irons, woods and wedges but keep a separate putter grip, which is a different shape and length. Thirteen is the standard count for a full set minus the putter. If you want the putter done too, you will need a dedicated putter grip.", "source": "Rubber Golf Grips 13 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/rubber-golf-grips-13-pack/" }, { "question": "Are these standard or midsize?", "answer": "The grips listed here are standard size. Standard suits the majority of adult golfers with average-sized hands. If you currently play midsize and like it, standard will feel thinner in the hand.", "source": "Rubber Golf Grips 13 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/rubber-golf-grips-13-pack/" }, { "question": "How do I know if standard size is right for me?", "answer": "A rough guide is to hold the club in your left hand (right-handed player) and look at where your fingertips land. If they just touch the base of your thumb pad, the size is close. Fingers digging into the palm suggests you want a larger grip.", "source": "Rubber Golf Grips 13 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/rubber-golf-grips-13-pack/" }, { "question": "What are the grips made from?", "answer": "The grip material is listed as rubber. Rubber is the most common grip material in golf because it balances tack, durability and price well. It also handles cleaning and repeated washing better than some softer synthetic blends.", "source": "Rubber Golf Grips 13 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/rubber-golf-grips-13-pack/" }, { "question": "Will these help if my hands sweat?", "answer": "The textured surface is designed for traction, which generally helps sweaty hands more than a smooth cord-free grip would. Many players looking for the best golf club grips for sweaty hands also pair fresh rubber with a rain glove on humid days. Keeping the grips clean makes a noticeable difference too.", "source": "Rubber Golf Grips 13 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/rubber-golf-grips-13-pack/" }, { "question": "How much do the grips weigh?", "answer": "The total pack weight is listed as 1000 g for thirteen grips. The individual grip weight is not specified by the maker. What is stated is that weight variation across the set is held to plus or minus 1.5 g.", "source": "Rubber Golf Grips 13 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/rubber-golf-grips-13-pack/" }, { "question": "Why does grip weight consistency matter?", "answer": "Swing weight is sensitive to what sits at the butt end of the club. If one grip is several grams heavier than the next, those two clubs will feel different even with identical shafts and heads. Tight weight matching across the set keeps your bag feeling like one family of clubs.", "source": "Rubber Golf Grips 13 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/rubber-golf-grips-13-pack/" }, { "question": "What core size do these grips have?", "answer": "The core size is not specified by the maker. Most standard adult grips are built for a 0.58 inch or 0.60 inch round butt, which covers the bulk of steel and graphite shafts. Measure your shaft butt diameter before ordering if you are unsure.", "source": "Rubber Golf Grips 13 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/rubber-golf-grips-13-pack/" }, { "question": "Can I install these myself at home?", "answer": "Yes, re-gripping is one of the most beginner-friendly club jobs there is. You need double-sided grip tape, a solvent, a hook blade and ideally a vice with a rubber clamp. Plenty of people manage with a towel and a bit of patience instead of a vice.", "source": "Rubber Golf Grips 13 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/rubber-golf-grips-13-pack/" }, { "question": "What do I need to buy alongside the grips?", "answer": "Double-sided grip tape (either strips or a roll), grip solvent or mineral spirits, and a blade to cut the old grips off. A vice with a shaft clamp makes life easier but is not essential. A funnel or a tray to catch solvent saves mess.", "source": "Rubber Golf Grips 13 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/rubber-golf-grips-13-pack/" }, { "question": "How long does re-gripping a whole bag take?", "answer": "Expect an hour and a half to two hours the first time you do thirteen clubs. Once you have the rhythm, most people get it under an hour. The slowest part is stripping old tape, not fitting new grips.", "source": "Rubber Golf Grips 13 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/rubber-golf-grips-13-pack/" }, { "question": "How often should golf grips be replaced?", "answer": "A common guide is once a year, or roughly every forty rounds, whichever comes first. If you play weekly, practise often, or store clubs in a hot car, that interval shortens. Grips that feel slick or shiny are overdue regardless of the calendar.", "source": "Rubber Golf Grips 13 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/rubber-golf-grips-13-pack/" }, { "question": "How do I tell if my current grips are worn out?", "answer": "Look for a shiny patch where your thumbs sit, cracks around the butt end, and a surface pattern that has gone smooth. The other test is pressure, if you find yourself squeezing harder than you used to, the rubber has gone hard. Fresh rubber feels noticeably tacky by comparison.", "source": "Rubber Golf Grips 13 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/rubber-golf-grips-13-pack/" }, { "question": "Can I use these on graphite shafts?", "answer": "Yes, grips themselves do not care what the shaft is made from. The caution with graphite is to be gentle when cutting old grips off, using a hook blade and cutting away from the shaft so you do not score the graphite. Take your time and the job is straightforward.", "source": "Rubber Golf Grips 13 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/rubber-golf-grips-13-pack/" }, { "question": "Will these fit my driver and fairway woods?", "answer": "They are standard size grips sized for typical adult shaft butts, so woods and driver are the intended use along with irons. Driver shafts in graphite sometimes have slightly different butt diameters, so check yours if you have an unusual build. Extra wraps of tape can snug up a loose fit.", "source": "Rubber Golf Grips 13 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/rubber-golf-grips-13-pack/" }, { "question": "How do I make the grips slightly thicker?", "answer": "Add extra wraps of build-up tape under the grip before you slide it on. One extra wrap adds roughly a 64th of an inch to the diameter. It is the cheapest way to fine-tune feel without buying a different size.", "source": "Rubber Golf Grips 13 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/rubber-golf-grips-13-pack/" }, { "question": "What colour are these grips?", "answer": "They are listed as blue. The colour is uniform across all thirteen grips in the pack. Other colour options are not covered by the maker's description.", "source": "Rubber Golf Grips 13 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/rubber-golf-grips-13-pack/" }, { "question": "How should I clean my golf grips?", "answer": "Use warm water with a small amount of mild dish soap and a soft brush, scrub lightly, rinse and pat dry. Let them finish drying in open air before bagging the clubs. Avoid solvents and petrol-based cleaners, which dry out rubber.", "source": "Rubber Golf Grips 13 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/rubber-golf-grips-13-pack/" }, { "question": "Does cleaning really restore tack?", "answer": "It restores a surprising amount of it, yes. Most of what feels like a worn grip is actually a layer of skin oil, sunscreen and dirt sitting on the surface. Cleaning every few rounds extends usable grip life considerably.", "source": "Rubber Golf Grips 13 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/rubber-golf-grips-13-pack/" }, { "question": "Can I leave my clubs in the car?", "answer": "It is better not to, especially in summer. Heat accelerates rubber hardening and will age grips faster than playing with them. A garage or an indoor cupboard is a much kinder home for a set of the best rubber golf grips you can buy.", "source": "Rubber Golf Grips 13 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/rubber-golf-grips-13-pack/" }, { "question": "Are these suitable for a beginner's set?", "answer": "Very much so. New or secondhand starter sets often come with grips that are years past their best, and a fresh set is one of the cheapest upgrades available. Many people hunting for the best grips for a beginner set find a full re-grip transforms how old clubs feel.", "source": "Rubber Golf Grips 13 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/rubber-golf-grips-13-pack/" }, { "question": "Do I need to wear a glove with these?", "answer": "That is personal preference. The textured rubber is designed to hold on gloved or bare-handed. Players who go gloveless often appreciate fresh rubber more than anyone, since there is no leather layer masking a tired grip.", "source": "Rubber Golf Grips 13 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/rubber-golf-grips-13-pack/" }, { "question": "Can I re-grip just a few clubs rather than the whole bag?", "answer": "You can, but mixing new and old grips means your clubs will feel different from one another. If you only re-grip the wedges, the rest of the bag will suddenly feel harder in the hand. Doing all thirteen at once is why a set like this exists.", "source": "Rubber Golf Grips 13 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/rubber-golf-grips-13-pack/" }, { "question": "Do these suit wet weather play?", "answer": "The surface texture is aimed at traction, which helps in damp conditions. That said, no standard rubber grip performs like a dedicated full-cord grip in heavy rain. A rain glove and a dry towel are still worth carrying.", "source": "Rubber Golf Grips 13 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/rubber-golf-grips-13-pack/" }, { "question": "Will the grips shrink or harden over time?", "answer": "All rubber hardens eventually through oxidation and UV exposure, and heat speeds that up. Storing clubs out of direct sun and away from hot car boots slows it down. Regular cleaning also helps the surface stay closer to new.", "source": "Rubber Golf Grips 13 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/rubber-golf-grips-13-pack/" }, { "question": "Can I remove and reuse a grip after installing it?", "answer": "Sometimes, if you are careful and use a compressed air gun or inject solvent under the grip before sliding it off. Cutting a grip off with a blade destroys it. For most home re-gripping, treat installation as a one-shot job.", "source": "Rubber Golf Grips 13 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/rubber-golf-grips-13-pack/" }, { "question": "Is this a good gift for a golfer?", "answer": "It works well, because it is something most golfers need but very few get around to buying. A full set of thirteen is a more generous gift than a sleeve of balls and will be noticed every round. The only thing to check first is whether they play standard or midsize.", "source": "Rubber Golf Grips 13 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/rubber-golf-grips-13-pack/" }, { "question": "What are the delivery and returns arrangements?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Rubber Golf Grips 13 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/rubber-golf-grips-13-pack/" }, { "question": "What if these grips are not right for me?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Rubber Golf Grips 13 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/rubber-golf-grips-13-pack/" }, { "question": "What does this golf ball retriever actually do?", "answer": "It extends on a telescopic shaft so you can scoop a golf ball out of a place you cannot safely reach, like a pond edge, a creek, thick rough or under a hedge. You push the head over the ball, the ball seats in the cup, and you draw the shaft back. It saves you balls and keeps your shoes dry.", "source": "9ft Telescopic Golf Ball Retriever with Stainless Steel Shaft", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/telescopic-golf-ball-retriever-9ft/" }, { "question": "How far does it extend?", "answer": "It is a 9ft golf ball retriever, so fully extended the shaft reaches roughly nine feet from your hand. Add your arm and shoulder reach and you can comfortably cover a fair stretch of water margin or bank. Collapsed, it shrinks down to fit in a bag.", "source": "9ft Telescopic Golf Ball Retriever with Stainless Steel Shaft", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/telescopic-golf-ball-retriever-9ft/" }, { "question": "What is the shaft made of?", "answer": "The shaft is thickened stainless steel tubing, with plastic used in the construction as well. The material product page gives stainless steel and plastic. The thicker tube is what helps the retriever stay stable rather than drooping when you have it fully out.", "source": "9ft Telescopic Golf Ball Retriever with Stainless Steel Shaft", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/telescopic-golf-ball-retriever-9ft/" }, { "question": "Does it sag at full extension?", "answer": "Any telescopic pole flexes a little at maximum length, that is physics. The thickened stainless steel shaft on this one is built to resist bending and stay workable at full reach. Keeping your grip hand low and lifting with the forearm rather than the wrist makes it noticeably steadier.", "source": "9ft Telescopic Golf Ball Retriever with Stainless Steel Shaft", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/telescopic-golf-ball-retriever-9ft/" }, { "question": "What is a double-sided pickup head?", "answer": "It means both faces of the head can take a ball, not just one. On a single-sided retriever you often have to twist the shaft until the cup faces the right way, which is awkward at nine feet. With a double-sided head you just drop it over the ball from whichever angle you happen to have.", "source": "9ft Telescopic Golf Ball Retriever with Stainless Steel Shaft", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/telescopic-golf-ball-retriever-9ft/" }, { "question": "Will it fit all golf balls?", "answer": "The head is engineered for standard golf ball sizes, which covers essentially every regulation ball you will find on a course. Practice balls, foam balls and oversized novelty balls may not seat correctly. If you are hunting lost range balls, those are standard size too.", "source": "9ft Telescopic Golf Ball Retriever with Stainless Steel Shaft", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/telescopic-golf-ball-retriever-9ft/" }, { "question": "Is this a good golf ball retriever for water hazards?", "answer": "Yes, that is the main use case. A golf ball retriever for water lets you reach balls sitting in shallow ponds, creek beds and lake edges without wading in. The stainless shaft handles getting wet, and you simply rinse and dry it afterwards.", "source": "9ft Telescopic Golf Ball Retriever with Stainless Steel Shaft", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/telescopic-golf-ball-retriever-9ft/" }, { "question": "Can I use it to retrieve balls from deeper water?", "answer": "It works where you can see the ball and reach it within about nine feet. In murky or deeper water where the ball is sitting well below the surface and out of sight, any mechanical retriever becomes guesswork. Think of it as a shallow margin and visible ball tool.", "source": "9ft Telescopic Golf Ball Retriever with Stainless Steel Shaft", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/telescopic-golf-ball-retriever-9ft/" }, { "question": "Does it work in long grass and bushes?", "answer": "It does, and that is often where it earns its keep. The head slides under a ball nestled in rough or sitting in the base of a shrub, which saves you crawling into something thorny. It also keeps you out of snake and insect territory in warmer climates.", "source": "9ft Telescopic Golf Ball Retriever with Stainless Steel Shaft", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/telescopic-golf-ball-retriever-9ft/" }, { "question": "How heavy is it?", "answer": "The listed package weight is 249 grams, which is very light for a tool of this length. You will barely notice it in a carry bag. That low weight also means less arm strain when the shaft is fully extended.", "source": "9ft Telescopic Golf Ball Retriever with Stainless Steel Shaft", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/telescopic-golf-ball-retriever-9ft/" }, { "question": "What are the packed dimensions?", "answer": "Package dimensions are given as 44.09 x 6.6 x 3.91 cm. Collapsed, it is short enough to slip into a full-length golf bag pocket or sit alongside your clubs. It is one of the easier compact golf ball retrievers to store.", "source": "9ft Telescopic Golf Ball Retriever with Stainless Steel Shaft", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/telescopic-golf-ball-retriever-9ft/" }, { "question": "Will it fit in a stand bag as well as a cart bag?", "answer": "Yes. At roughly 44 cm collapsed it sits comfortably in either. In a stand bag most people slide it down the side with the clubs or into a long apparel pocket. In a cart bag it usually drops into a full-length pocket without fuss.", "source": "9ft Telescopic Golf Ball Retriever with Stainless Steel Shaft", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/telescopic-golf-ball-retriever-9ft/" }, { "question": "How do I extend and lock the sections?", "answer": "Telescopic shafts of this type extend by pulling each section out until it seats, with friction holding the joint. Pull smoothly rather than snapping it out, and give each section a light twist to settle it. Collapse it in reverse, pressing each section back in gently.", "source": "9ft Telescopic Golf Ball Retriever with Stainless Steel Shaft", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/telescopic-golf-ball-retriever-9ft/" }, { "question": "Is it hard to use one-handed?", "answer": "Most golfers use two hands for the extension and then one hand for the scoop. The sponge grip gives you enough traction to hold it securely with one hand while you steady yourself with the other. If you are reaching across a bank, two points of contact is always the safer approach.", "source": "9ft Telescopic Golf Ball Retriever with Stainless Steel Shaft", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/telescopic-golf-ball-retriever-9ft/" }, { "question": "What is the grip made of?", "answer": "It is a high-quality sponge grip shaped for comfort. Sponge absorbs sweat rather than turning slick, which matters when your hands are warm or the shaft has come out of a pond. It also cushions the hand so repeated use does not cause fatigue.", "source": "9ft Telescopic Golf Ball Retriever with Stainless Steel Shaft", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/telescopic-golf-ball-retriever-9ft/" }, { "question": "Will the grip get soggy?", "answer": "It can pick up moisture after a wet retrieve. Give it a squeeze and let it air dry before you zip it into a closed bag pocket. Left damp in a dark bag for days it may develop a musty smell, which a wash and full dry will fix.", "source": "9ft Telescopic Golf Ball Retriever with Stainless Steel Shaft", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/telescopic-golf-ball-retriever-9ft/" }, { "question": "Can left-handed golfers use it?", "answer": "Absolutely. There is nothing handed about the design. The double-sided head and the straight grip work the same regardless of which hand leads.", "source": "9ft Telescopic Golf Ball Retriever with Stainless Steel Shaft", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/telescopic-golf-ball-retriever-9ft/" }, { "question": "Does it need batteries?", "answer": "No. It is a purely mechanical tool with no electronics, no motor and no charging. That is part of the appeal, there is nothing to fail at the worst moment.", "source": "9ft Telescopic Golf Ball Retriever with Stainless Steel Shaft", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/telescopic-golf-ball-retriever-9ft/" }, { "question": "What is included in the box?", "answer": "One golf ball retriever. No extra components are listed, so there are no spare heads or separate accessories to keep track of. It is ready to use out of the packaging.", "source": "9ft Telescopic Golf Ball Retriever with Stainless Steel Shaft", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/telescopic-golf-ball-retriever-9ft/" }, { "question": "How do I clean it after a muddy or pond retrieve?", "answer": "Rinse the head and shaft with fresh water, then wipe them dry with a cloth before collapsing the sections. Pond water carries grit and algae that can work into the joints if left. A quick thirty second rinse is all it takes.", "source": "9ft Telescopic Golf Ball Retriever with Stainless Steel Shaft", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/telescopic-golf-ball-retriever-9ft/" }, { "question": "Can I leave it in a hot car boot?", "answer": "Short periods are fine, but repeated heat cycling is hard on plastic parts and on sponge grips. If you can, bring it inside with the rest of your gear. A cool, dry cupboard is the kindest place for a stainless steel golf ball retriever.", "source": "9ft Telescopic Golf Ball Retriever with Stainless Steel Shaft", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/telescopic-golf-ball-retriever-9ft/" }, { "question": "Will it rust?", "answer": "Stainless steel resists rust well, but no metal is immune if it is stored wet for long stretches. Drying it after use is the single best habit. Pay particular attention to drying before you collapse the sections, since water trapped inside is the main risk.", "source": "9ft Telescopic Golf Ball Retriever with Stainless Steel Shaft", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/telescopic-golf-ball-retriever-9ft/" }, { "question": "Is it legal to use during a round?", "answer": "Retrieving your own ball from a water hazard or rough is a normal part of play and retrievers are a common sight on courses. Rules about replaying and penalty strokes are separate from the act of recovering the ball. If you are playing in competition, check your local club rules.", "source": "9ft Telescopic Golf Ball Retriever with Stainless Steel Shaft", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/telescopic-golf-ball-retriever-9ft/" }, { "question": "Is this a good gift for a golfer?", "answer": "It is one of the safer golf gifts because it does not depend on their swing, their handicap or their brand loyalty. Every golfer loses balls to water and brush. A good golf ball retriever is useful from the first round they take it out.", "source": "9ft Telescopic Golf Ball Retriever with Stainless Steel Shaft", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/telescopic-golf-ball-retriever-9ft/" }, { "question": "Who is this best suited to?", "answer": "Anyone who plays courses with ponds, creeks, ditches or heavy rough, which is most courses. It is also handy for golfers with sore backs or knees who would rather not bend and crouch at the edge of a bank. Juniors and range users get value from it too.", "source": "9ft Telescopic Golf Ball Retriever with Stainless Steel Shaft", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/telescopic-golf-ball-retriever-9ft/" }, { "question": "Can I use it to pick balls up on the putting green so I do not bend over?", "answer": "It will lift a ball from flat ground, though a short ball pickup tool that clips to a putter is usually more convenient for that. This retriever is designed for distance and hazards. Think of green pickup as a bonus rather than the main purpose.", "source": "9ft Telescopic Golf Ball Retriever with Stainless Steel Shaft", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/telescopic-golf-ball-retriever-9ft/" }, { "question": "How long does it take to get used to?", "answer": "Most people get the knack within a few attempts. The main skill is approaching the ball from slightly to one side rather than straight on, so the head cups the ball rather than nudging it away. After one round it feels automatic.", "source": "9ft Telescopic Golf Ball Retriever with Stainless Steel Shaft", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/telescopic-golf-ball-retriever-9ft/" }, { "question": "What is the delivery process?", "answer": "We dispatch within 2 working days. Delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier, and remote and regional addresses may take longer. Working days leave out weekends and public holidays. Delivery is free on orders of $150 or more and a flat $15 under that.", "source": "9ft Telescopic Golf Ball Retriever with Stainless Steel Shaft", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/telescopic-golf-ball-retriever-9ft/" }, { "question": "What if it arrives damaged?", "answer": "We dispatch within 2 working days. Delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier, and remote and regional addresses may take longer. Working days leave out weekends and public holidays. Delivery is free on orders of $150 or more and a flat $15 under that.", "source": "9ft Telescopic Golf Ball Retriever with Stainless Steel Shaft", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/telescopic-golf-ball-retriever-9ft/" }, { "question": "What if it is not right for me?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "9ft Telescopic Golf Ball Retriever with Stainless Steel Shaft", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/telescopic-golf-ball-retriever-9ft/" }, { "question": "What is a double canopy golf umbrella?", "answer": "It is an umbrella with two overlapping fabric layers instead of one, separated by a vent. Wind pushing up from below passes through the gap and out of the top, rather than building pressure under a sealed canopy. That venting is the main reason a double canopy golf umbrella holds its shape better in gusts.", "source": "Windproof Double Canopy Golf Umbrella", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/windproof-golf-umbrella/" }, { "question": "Does the vent let rain through?", "answer": "No, because the upper layer sits over the vent opening like a lid. Water running down the canopy is shed off the outer edge while air still has a route out. It is the same idea used on tents and camping awnings.", "source": "Windproof Double Canopy Golf Umbrella", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/windproof-golf-umbrella/" }, { "question": "How big is the umbrella when it is folded?", "answer": "Folded, it measures 99.99 cm long and about 5 cm across. That slim profile means it tucks along the side of a golf bag or lies flat in a car boot. It is a full-length umbrella, so it does not collapse into a compact travel size.", "source": "Windproof Double Canopy Golf Umbrella", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/windproof-golf-umbrella/" }, { "question": "How much does it weigh?", "answer": "The listed item weight is 730.28 grams. For a full-size golf umbrella that is a manageable carry weight for eighteen holes. If you are walking the course rather than riding, the difference between a light and heavy umbrella adds up quickly.", "source": "Windproof Double Canopy Golf Umbrella", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/windproof-golf-umbrella/" }, { "question": "What is the open canopy diameter?", "answer": "The open canopy diameter is not specified by the maker, so we have not listed a figure. The folded length of 99.99 cm is typical of full-size golf umbrellas rather than compact ones. If an exact open span matters for your use, contact us before ordering.", "source": "Windproof Double Canopy Golf Umbrella", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/windproof-golf-umbrella/" }, { "question": "What is the canopy made from?", "answer": "The canopy material is not specified by the maker, so we are not going to guess at a fabric name. What we can confirm is the construction, which is a vented double canopy. If the material detail is important to you, get in touch and we will check what the maker can confirm.", "source": "Windproof Double Canopy Golf Umbrella", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/windproof-golf-umbrella/" }, { "question": "What colour is it?", "answer": "Colour is not specified in this pack record. Availability of specific colourways can vary by batch. Check the product images on this page for the version currently in stock.", "source": "Windproof Double Canopy Golf Umbrella", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/windproof-golf-umbrella/" }, { "question": "Will it survive strong wind?", "answer": "The vented double canopy design is specifically there to handle gusts, and it performs far better than a single-layer umbrella in the same conditions. That said, no umbrella is indestructible in genuinely severe weather. In storm-force wind the sensible move is to close it and get to shelter.", "source": "Windproof Double Canopy Golf Umbrella", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/windproof-golf-umbrella/" }, { "question": "Is it big enough to cover me and my golf bag?", "answer": "Yes, the full-size span is intended to shelter a player and their clubs at the same time. Most golfers angle it over the bag between shots to keep grips dry, then shift it overhead while walking. That dual coverage is what separates a proper golf umbrella from a street umbrella.", "source": "Windproof Double Canopy Golf Umbrella", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/windproof-golf-umbrella/" }, { "question": "Does it fit a golf buggy umbrella holder?", "answer": "The 5 cm folded width and standard full-length shaft suit the umbrella holders fitted to most buggies and push carts. Holder designs do vary slightly between brands. If yours has an unusually narrow clamp, measure it before ordering.", "source": "Windproof Double Canopy Golf Umbrella", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/windproof-golf-umbrella/" }, { "question": "Is this a manual or automatic open umbrella?", "answer": "The opening mechanism is not specified by the maker. Many full-size golf umbrellas use a manual slide, which keeps the frame simpler and reduces parts that can fail. If the mechanism type is a deciding factor for you, contact us before you buy.", "source": "Windproof Double Canopy Golf Umbrella", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/windproof-golf-umbrella/" }, { "question": "Can I use it as an everyday rain umbrella?", "answer": "Absolutely. Plenty of people buy a golf umbrella purely because it is the best windproof umbrella shape for walking in bad weather. It is bigger than a commuter umbrella, so think about whether you have somewhere to store it at work.", "source": "Windproof Double Canopy Golf Umbrella", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/windproof-golf-umbrella/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable for women as well as men?", "answer": "Yes. The maker's description carries a Men's department classification, but that is a retail category label rather than anything about the design. The umbrella itself is a unisex full-size canopy.", "source": "Windproof Double Canopy Golf Umbrella", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/windproof-golf-umbrella/" }, { "question": "Will it work at kids' sport on the sideline?", "answer": "It works well for sideline use because the wide canopy covers more than one person and the venting handles open-field wind. Standing on an exposed pitch is similar to standing on a fairway. Many buyers use this type of sports umbrella for exactly that.", "source": "Windproof Double Canopy Golf Umbrella", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/windproof-golf-umbrella/" }, { "question": "How do I dry it after a wet round?", "answer": "Open it fully and stand it somewhere airy until the fabric is completely dry, then close and store it. Closing a soaking umbrella and leaving it in a bag is what creates musty smells and mildew spots. Ten minutes of air drying prevents most of it.", "source": "Windproof Double Canopy Golf Umbrella", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/windproof-golf-umbrella/" }, { "question": "Can I machine wash the canopy?", "answer": "No. Machine washing can damage the stitching and the water-shedding surface of the fabric. Wipe the canopy with a damp cloth and a little mild soapy water, rinse with clean water, then air dry it open.", "source": "Windproof Double Canopy Golf Umbrella", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/windproof-golf-umbrella/" }, { "question": "How should I store it between uses?", "answer": "Store it dry, closed, and lying flat or hanging vertically. Avoid wedging it under heavy items in a car boot, as sustained pressure can bend ribs over time. A golf bag umbrella sleeve or a boot organiser both work well.", "source": "Windproof Double Canopy Golf Umbrella", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/windproof-golf-umbrella/" }, { "question": "What happens if it blows inside out?", "answer": "If a gust does flip the canopy, close the umbrella, turn it into the wind and let it pop back out, then open it again gently. Forcing the ribs back by hand is what usually causes permanent damage. The vented design makes inversion much less likely in the first place.", "source": "Windproof Double Canopy Golf Umbrella", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/windproof-golf-umbrella/" }, { "question": "Is it heavy to hold one-handed for a full round?", "answer": "At around 730 grams it is comfortable to hold one-handed, though you will naturally swap hands over eighteen holes. Most golfers rest it against a shoulder while walking rather than holding it straight up. Weight only becomes an issue with heavier steel-framed umbrellas.", "source": "Windproof Double Canopy Golf Umbrella", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/windproof-golf-umbrella/" }, { "question": "Does the canopy protect against sun as well as rain?", "answer": "A large canopy will cast useful shade on a bright day, which is reason enough for many people to carry one. However, no UV protection rating is specified in the maker's description, so we are not claiming a UPF figure. Treat it as shade rather than certified sun protection.", "source": "Windproof Double Canopy Golf Umbrella", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/windproof-golf-umbrella/" }, { "question": "How does it compare to a cheap supermarket umbrella?", "answer": "The main differences are span and venting. A cheap single-canopy umbrella has no pressure relief, so the first real gust tends to end it. A vented golf umbrella redirects that air, which is why it lasts through weather that writes off a budget one.", "source": "Windproof Double Canopy Golf Umbrella", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/windproof-golf-umbrella/" }, { "question": "Can two people shelter under it?", "answer": "Two people can share it at a pinch, especially when standing still. It is designed primarily to cover one golfer plus their bag, so expect shoulders to get a little wet if you are both walking. For regular two-person use, look for the largest canopy you can carry.", "source": "Windproof Double Canopy Golf Umbrella", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/windproof-golf-umbrella/" }, { "question": "Is it good for walking the dog in bad weather?", "answer": "It is, and it is a popular use beyond the course. Open fields and coastal paths throw the same kind of unpredictable wind at an umbrella as a links fairway does. Just keep the lead hand free and the canopy angled into the breeze.", "source": "Windproof Double Canopy Golf Umbrella", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/windproof-golf-umbrella/" }, { "question": "Will it fit in a suitcase for a golf trip?", "answer": "At 99.99 cm folded it will not fit most carry-on bags, but it lies along the length of a large checked suitcase or a golf travel bag. Many travellers slot it inside the golf travel cover alongside the clubs. Check your case's internal length before packing.", "source": "Windproof Double Canopy Golf Umbrella", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/windproof-golf-umbrella/" }, { "question": "Is this item new?", "answer": "Yes, every unit ships new and unused in its original packaging. We do not sell returned, refurbished or display stock. The condition field on this page reflects that.", "source": "Windproof Double Canopy Golf Umbrella", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/windproof-golf-umbrella/" }, { "question": "How long does delivery take?", "answer": "We dispatch within 2 working days. Delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier, and remote and regional addresses may take longer. Working days leave out weekends and public holidays. Delivery is free on orders of $150 or more and a flat $15 under that.", "source": "Windproof Double Canopy Golf Umbrella", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/windproof-golf-umbrella/" }, { "question": "Do you ship internationally?", "answer": " Any applicable duties or local charges are handled according to the destination country's rules. Checkout will confirm the options available for your address.", "source": "Windproof Double Canopy Golf Umbrella", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/windproof-golf-umbrella/" }, { "question": "Does it make a good gift?", "answer": "It is a genuinely useful gift for a golfer, a dog walker, or anyone who stands around at outdoor sport. Practical presents like this tend to get used far more than novelty golf gear. It also suits group gifting for a club member or a retiring colleague.", "source": "Windproof Double Canopy Golf Umbrella", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/windproof-golf-umbrella/" }, { "question": "Is there a warranty on this umbrella?", "answer": "The maker does not state a warranty period. Every product is covered by the Australian Consumer Law guarantees, and you can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Windproof Double Canopy Golf Umbrella", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/windproof-golf-umbrella/" }, { "question": "What if it is not right when it arrives?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Windproof Double Canopy Golf Umbrella", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/windproof-golf-umbrella/" }, { "question": "What exactly is in this pack?", "answer": "You get one bag of golf tees, 75 pieces in total. Every tee is the same 3 1/4 inch height and carries the Blue on White colour bar. There are no mixed lengths in the bag.", "source": "Wooden Golf Tees, 3 1/4 Inch, 75 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wooden-golf-tees-75-pack/" }, { "question": "How tall are these golf tees?", "answer": "They stand 3 1/4 inches, which is also written as 3.25 inches. That is a long tee by traditional standards and is the size many players use with a driver. It is one of the most common lengths sold today.", "source": "Wooden Golf Tees, 3 1/4 Inch, 75 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wooden-golf-tees-75-pack/" }, { "question": "What are the tees made from?", "answer": "The material type is listed as hardwood. Hardwood holds its shape better in firm ground than very soft timber and still breaks cleanly instead of damaging a clubface. No coating or treatment is specified by the maker.", "source": "Wooden Golf Tees, 3 1/4 Inch, 75 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wooden-golf-tees-75-pack/" }, { "question": "Why does the tee have a coloured bar on it?", "answer": "The colour bar is a length indicator. When you keep several tee sizes in the same pocket, the painted band lets you identify the right one without measuring. On this product the bar is blue on a white tee.", "source": "Wooden Golf Tees, 3 1/4 Inch, 75 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wooden-golf-tees-75-pack/" }, { "question": "Is 3 1/4 inches too long for an iron shot?", "answer": "It can be, if you push the whole tee in the ground you will often find it hard to control the height. Most players tee an iron very low on a par three, so a shorter tee is easier there. You can still use these by pressing them most of the way down.", "source": "Wooden Golf Tees, 3 1/4 Inch, 75 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wooden-golf-tees-75-pack/" }, { "question": "Are these the best wooden golf tees for a driver?", "answer": "They are a sensible choice for a driver because the 3 1/4 inch height lets you set the ball high on the face. Whether they are the best wooden golf tees for you depends on how high you like to tee and how firm your home course is. Many players keep a long tee for the driver and a shorter one for everything else.", "source": "Wooden Golf Tees, 3 1/4 Inch, 75 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wooden-golf-tees-75-pack/" }, { "question": "How many rounds will 75 tees last?", "answer": "That depends entirely on how often you break them. A careful player might lose two or three per round, which stretches the bag out over twenty rounds or more. Someone who snaps a tee on most drives will get through them faster.", "source": "Wooden Golf Tees, 3 1/4 Inch, 75 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wooden-golf-tees-75-pack/" }, { "question": "Do wooden tees break easily?", "answer": "Wood is designed to give way on impact rather than mark your clubface. A clean strike often leaves the tee intact, while a thin or heavy strike can snap it. Breaking tees is normal and is one reason bulk packs like this one make sense.", "source": "Wooden Golf Tees, 3 1/4 Inch, 75 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wooden-golf-tees-75-pack/" }, { "question": "Can I use these at a driving range?", "answer": "Yes, as long as the range has a grass or soft tee line. On rubber mats a wooden tee will not push in, so most mats come with a built-in rubber tee instead. Keep a few in your bag for grass bays.", "source": "Wooden Golf Tees, 3 1/4 Inch, 75 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wooden-golf-tees-75-pack/" }, { "question": "Are these suitable for beginners?", "answer": "They are. A longer tee gives a new player a little more margin to make contact with the driver, and a bulk bag means there is no stress about breaking a few. Many people looking for the best golf tees for beginners simply want a generous pack in a common length.", "source": "Wooden Golf Tees, 3 1/4 Inch, 75 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wooden-golf-tees-75-pack/" }, { "question": "Can juniors use these tees?", "answer": "The age range is listed as adult, but there is nothing about the tee itself that stops a junior using it. Younger players with shorter drivers often prefer a slightly lower tee height. Adult supervision is sensible given the pointed end.", "source": "Wooden Golf Tees, 3 1/4 Inch, 75 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wooden-golf-tees-75-pack/" }, { "question": "What colour are the tees?", "answer": "The listed colour is Blue on White, meaning a white tee with a blue band. The band is the length marker. No other colour options are listed for this pack in the maker's details.", "source": "Wooden Golf Tees, 3 1/4 Inch, 75 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wooden-golf-tees-75-pack/" }, { "question": "Will the paint come off on my ball or club?", "answer": "Painted tee bands are made to stay on the wood through normal play. Heavy wear or soaking can dull the finish over time. Any transfer onto a ball would be cosmetic and wipes away.", "source": "Wooden Golf Tees, 3 1/4 Inch, 75 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wooden-golf-tees-75-pack/" }, { "question": "Do I need different tees for different clubs?", "answer": "You do not need them, but many golfers carry two lengths. A long tee for the driver and a shorter one for fairway woods, hybrids and par three irons covers almost everything. This pack handles the driver side of that setup.", "source": "Wooden Golf Tees, 3 1/4 Inch, 75 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wooden-golf-tees-75-pack/" }, { "question": "How deep should I push the tee in?", "answer": "With a driver, aim for about half of the ball sitting above the top line of the clubhead at address. On firm turf you might only get the tip in, which is fine. On soft ground press until the ball sits at the height you want.", "source": "Wooden Golf Tees, 3 1/4 Inch, 75 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wooden-golf-tees-75-pack/" }, { "question": "What if the ground is too hard to push a tee in?", "answer": "Try twisting the tee as you press rather than forcing it straight down, and look for a softer patch within the tee markers. Pre-worn divots on the tee box are often easier. Forcing a dry tee into baked ground is the quickest way to snap one.", "source": "Wooden Golf Tees, 3 1/4 Inch, 75 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wooden-golf-tees-75-pack/" }, { "question": "Are these tees legal for competition?", "answer": "Standard wooden tees of this type are used in club and tournament play worldwide. Rules limit tee length to four inches, and at 3 1/4 inches these sit comfortably under that. Always check your competition conditions if you are unsure.", "source": "Wooden Golf Tees, 3 1/4 Inch, 75 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wooden-golf-tees-75-pack/" }, { "question": "How should I store them?", "answer": "Keep them in the supplied bag or a side pocket of your golf bag. Dry storage matters most, since damp wood can swell or stain. Avoid leaving them loose at the bottom of a wet bag for weeks.", "source": "Wooden Golf Tees, 3 1/4 Inch, 75 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wooden-golf-tees-75-pack/" }, { "question": "Can I reuse a tee after a round?", "answer": "Yes, if it is still straight and the cup is not split. Wipe off the soil, let it dry and put it back in the pocket. Throw away anything that is cracked near the top.", "source": "Wooden Golf Tees, 3 1/4 Inch, 75 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wooden-golf-tees-75-pack/" }, { "question": "Do these work on wet, muddy courses?", "answer": "They push into soft ground easily, which is one advantage of winter play. Clean the mud off before storing them so the wood dries properly. Very soft ground may let the tee sink more than you intend, so check the ball height before you swing.", "source": "Wooden Golf Tees, 3 1/4 Inch, 75 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wooden-golf-tees-75-pack/" }, { "question": "Is this a good gift for a golfer?", "answer": "It makes a practical stocking filler or an add-on to a larger present. Tees are a consumable, so even a well-equipped player will use them. If you are shopping for the best golf gift under 30, a bulk tee pack is hard to get wrong.", "source": "Wooden Golf Tees, 3 1/4 Inch, 75 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wooden-golf-tees-75-pack/" }, { "question": "How much does the pack weigh?", "answer": "The listed item weight given by the maker is 0.08 g, which refers to a single tee rather than the full bag. A bag of 75 wooden tees is still very light and takes up little room. It will not noticeably change the weight of your golf bag.", "source": "Wooden Golf Tees, 3 1/4 Inch, 75 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wooden-golf-tees-75-pack/" }, { "question": "Is there a warranty?", "answer": "The manufacturer lists a 1 Year Limited warranty. Tees are consumable items, so the warranty covers manufacturing faults rather than normal breakage during play. Keep your order confirmation if you need to raise a claim.", "source": "Wooden Golf Tees, 3 1/4 Inch, 75 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wooden-golf-tees-75-pack/" }, { "question": "What brand makes these?", "answer": "They are and sold under the name. The UPC is 048929194189.", "source": "Wooden Golf Tees, 3 1/4 Inch, 75 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wooden-golf-tees-75-pack/" }, { "question": "Where are they made?", "answer": "Country of origin is not specified by the maker, so we do not want to guess. If this matters for your purchase, contact us before ordering and we will check with the maker. We would rather leave a field blank than state something we cannot confirm.", "source": "Wooden Golf Tees, 3 1/4 Inch, 75 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wooden-golf-tees-75-pack/" }, { "question": "Do these come in other lengths or pack sizes?", "answer": "This product covers the 75 count bag in the 3 1/4 inch length only. Other lengths exist in the wider tee market, often marked with a different colour band. Check our golf accessories range for any alternatives we stock.", "source": "Wooden Golf Tees, 3 1/4 Inch, 75 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wooden-golf-tees-75-pack/" }, { "question": "Can I write my initials on them?", "answer": "Nothing stops you marking a tee with a pen, though the product is listed as not customisable from the factory. A marker on the white section usually shows up well. Many players do this so they can spot their own tee after a drive.", "source": "Wooden Golf Tees, 3 1/4 Inch, 75 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wooden-golf-tees-75-pack/" }, { "question": "How fast will my order arrive?", "answer": "We dispatch within 2 working days. Delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier, and remote and regional addresses may take longer. Working days leave out weekends and public holidays. Delivery is free on orders of $150 or more and a flat $15 under that.", "source": "Wooden Golf Tees, 3 1/4 Inch, 75 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wooden-golf-tees-75-pack/" }, { "question": "What is your returns policy?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Wooden Golf Tees, 3 1/4 Inch, 75 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wooden-golf-tees-75-pack/" }, { "question": "What if these are not right for me?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Wooden Golf Tees, 3 1/4 Inch, 75 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wooden-golf-tees-75-pack/" }, { "question": "What is a golf push buggy?", "answer": "It is a three or four wheeled trolley that carries your golf bag while you walk the course. You push it in front of you rather than pulling it behind, which is easier on your back and lets you steer around slopes and bunkers. This model is a three wheel version with a single steering wheel at the front.", "source": "3 Wheel Folding Golf Push Buggy", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/3-wheel-golf-push-buggy/" }, { "question": "How much does this buggy weigh?", "answer": "The cart weighs 6.17 kg, listed as 13.6 pounds. That is light enough for most people to lift in and out of a car boot with one hand. It is one of the main reasons buyers look at an aluminium frame rather than steel.", "source": "3 Wheel Folding Golf Push Buggy", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/3-wheel-golf-push-buggy/" }, { "question": "What is the frame made from?", "answer": "The frame is aluminium, which is why the total weight stays low while the structure remains stable under a loaded bag. The handle is TPE, a soft grip material. The wheels have EVA covers.", "source": "3 Wheel Folding Golf Push Buggy", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/3-wheel-golf-push-buggy/" }, { "question": "How big are the wheels?", "answer": "The front wheel is 9.5 inches and the two rear wheels are 11.5 inches each. The larger rear wheels carry most of the load, which helps on soft or uneven ground. All three run on ball bearings.", "source": "3 Wheel Folding Golf Push Buggy", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/3-wheel-golf-push-buggy/" }, { "question": "Do the wheels need inflating?", "answer": "No. They are EVA covered rather than air filled, so there is nothing to pump up and no risk of a puncture on the course. This is one of the practical reasons people choose a maintenance-free wheel setup.", "source": "3 Wheel Folding Golf Push Buggy", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/3-wheel-golf-push-buggy/" }, { "question": "How does the brake work?", "answer": "You tap the foot pedal with your shoe to engage the brake and tap it again to release. There is no need to bend down or fiddle with a lever. It is particularly handy when you stop on a slope.", "source": "3 Wheel Folding Golf Push Buggy", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/3-wheel-golf-push-buggy/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable for hilly courses?", "answer": "Yes, the foot brake is specifically useful on slopes because it stops the cart rolling away while you play your shot. The three wheel layout also steers easily around contours. On very steep ground, as with any push cart, keep a hand on the handle when you park.", "source": "3 Wheel Folding Golf Push Buggy", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/3-wheel-golf-push-buggy/" }, { "question": "How small does it fold?", "answer": "It folds in three steps to a compact size for storage. The brand states a folded footprint of roughly 19.1 x 14.6 x 23.2 inches. Exact folded measurements beyond that figure are not specified by the maker.", "source": "3 Wheel Folding Golf Push Buggy", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/3-wheel-golf-push-buggy/" }, { "question": "Will it fit in a small car?", "answer": "Most hatchback boots take it folded without trouble, and it will usually sit on a back seat if the boot is full. Fold it before loading rather than forcing it in. The light weight makes repositioning easy.", "source": "3 Wheel Folding Golf Push Buggy", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/3-wheel-golf-push-buggy/" }, { "question": "Does it fit any size of golf bag?", "answer": "It has upper and lower brackets with elastic straps, which stretch to hold bags of different widths. A slim carry bag and a full cart bag should both sit securely. Pull the straps snug before you set off.", "source": "3 Wheel Folding Golf Push Buggy", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/3-wheel-golf-push-buggy/" }, { "question": "Is the handle adjustable?", "answer": "Yes, the TPE handle adjusts for height so it suits different pushing positions and different users. That makes it practical for a teenager and an adult sharing one cart. Set it so your arm is relaxed rather than reaching up.", "source": "3 Wheel Folding Golf Push Buggy", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/3-wheel-golf-push-buggy/" }, { "question": "Is this a good golf push buggy for seniors?", "answer": "The light aluminium frame and foot brake make it one of the easier carts to handle, and the adjustable handle helps you push without stooping. Lifting 6.17 kg into a boot is manageable for most people. If lifting is a concern, consider loading it onto a boot lip first and sliding it in.", "source": "3 Wheel Folding Golf Push Buggy", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/3-wheel-golf-push-buggy/" }, { "question": "Does it come with an umbrella holder?", "answer": "Yes, an umbrella holder is included. It attaches to the frame and keeps your hands free in rain or strong sun. Fold the umbrella down in gusty weather so the cart is not pushed off line.", "source": "3 Wheel Folding Golf Push Buggy", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/3-wheel-golf-push-buggy/" }, { "question": "How much assembly is needed?", "answer": "Very little. You unpack the cart and push the three wheels into place, which takes seconds. No tools are described as necessary for the wheels.", "source": "3 Wheel Folding Golf Push Buggy", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/3-wheel-golf-push-buggy/" }, { "question": "Can I leave the wheels on between rounds?", "answer": "Yes, if you have the storage space. Many people remove them only to make the folded cart flatter for a tight boot. Removing and refitting takes moments either way.", "source": "3 Wheel Folding Golf Push Buggy", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/3-wheel-golf-push-buggy/" }, { "question": "Is it a good foldable golf trolley for car boot storage?", "answer": "It is designed for exactly that. The three-step fold reduces the footprint quickly and the aluminium frame keeps it light to lift. Keep a towel in the boot for wet wheels.", "source": "3 Wheel Folding Golf Push Buggy", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/3-wheel-golf-push-buggy/" }, { "question": "Will it handle wet grass?", "answer": "The larger rear wheels and ball bearings help it roll on damp ground rather than digging in. Very soft or waterlogged turf is hard work for any wheeled cart. Wipe the wheels down afterwards.", "source": "3 Wheel Folding Golf Push Buggy", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/3-wheel-golf-push-buggy/" }, { "question": "How do I clean it?", "answer": "Wipe the frame and wheels with a damp cloth after the round, then dry it before folding. Keep sand and grit away from the bearings and the folding joints. Avoid pressure washing.", "source": "3 Wheel Folding Golf Push Buggy", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/3-wheel-golf-push-buggy/" }, { "question": "Does it need lubrication?", "answer": "The wheel bearings are described as maintenance-free, so routine greasing is not expected. If a folding joint starts to feel stiff, a light spray lubricant on the pivot usually sorts it. Wipe off any excess so it does not attract grit.", "source": "3 Wheel Folding Golf Push Buggy", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/3-wheel-golf-push-buggy/" }, { "question": "What colour is it?", "answer": "The product details list the colour as grey. Other finishes are not specified by the maker. Check the product images for the current look.", "source": "3 Wheel Folding Golf Push Buggy", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/3-wheel-golf-push-buggy/" }, { "question": "What are the listed dimensions?", "answer": "The item dimensions given are 119.9 x 70.9 x 116.1 cm. That reflects the cart in its open, in-use shape. Folded size is smaller, around 19.1 x 14.6 x 23.2 inches according to the brand.", "source": "3 Wheel Folding Golf Push Buggy", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/3-wheel-golf-push-buggy/" }, { "question": "Can a teenager use it?", "answer": "Yes, the adjustable handle is intended to suit both teenagers and adults. Lower the handle so their shoulders stay relaxed while pushing. A lighter carry bag also helps younger players.", "source": "3 Wheel Folding Golf Push Buggy", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/3-wheel-golf-push-buggy/" }, { "question": "Does it have a scorecard holder or drink holder?", "answer": "Accessories beyond the umbrella holder are not specified by the maker. Check the images for any additional fittings. Many players add a clip-on accessory if they want one.", "source": "3 Wheel Folding Golf Push Buggy", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/3-wheel-golf-push-buggy/" }, { "question": "Is a three wheel cart better than a four wheel one?", "answer": "Three wheel carts usually steer more easily and tend to be lighter, which is why many walking golfers prefer them. Four wheel designs can feel more planted when standing still. For most courses a three wheel push cart is the simpler choice.", "source": "3 Wheel Folding Golf Push Buggy", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/3-wheel-golf-push-buggy/" }, { "question": "How do I stop the bag shifting on rough ground?", "answer": "Use both the upper and lower brackets and pull the elastic straps tight across the bag. Position the heaviest part of the bag low. Check the straps again after the first few holes.", "source": "3 Wheel Folding Golf Push Buggy", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/3-wheel-golf-push-buggy/" }, { "question": "Can I use it on gravel paths?", "answer": "Yes. The ball-bearing wheels roll on sealed paths, gravel and grass. Go slowly over loose stones so the front wheel does not get knocked off line.", "source": "3 Wheel Folding Golf Push Buggy", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/3-wheel-golf-push-buggy/" }, { "question": "What is the brand and model?", "answer": " The UPC is 779605528256.", "source": "3 Wheel Folding Golf Push Buggy", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/3-wheel-golf-push-buggy/" }, { "question": "How is it delivered?", "answer": "We dispatch within 2 working days. Delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier, and remote and regional addresses may take longer. Working days leave out weekends and public holidays. Delivery is free on orders of $150 or more and a flat $15 under that.", "source": "3 Wheel Folding Golf Push Buggy", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/3-wheel-golf-push-buggy/" }, { "question": "Can I buy it as a gift?", "answer": "It is a solid gift for a regular walking golfer, especially one still carrying a bag on their shoulder. The adjustable handle means you do not need to know their exact height. Keep the packaging intact until they have tried it.", "source": "3 Wheel Folding Golf Push Buggy", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/3-wheel-golf-push-buggy/" }, { "question": "What if it is not right for me?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "3 Wheel Folding Golf Push Buggy", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/3-wheel-golf-push-buggy/" }, { "question": "What type of golf bag is this?", "answer": "It is a stand bag, meaning it has retractable legs that hold it upright on the ground. You carry it on an adjustable shoulder strap rather than pushing it on a trolley. It is built small and light for short rounds rather than full tournament play.", "source": "Lightweight Par 3 Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/lightweight-par-3-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "How many clubs does it hold?", "answer": "It is designed around a short set of about 7 to 8 clubs. That is a typical par 3 or practice setup, such as a driver or hybrid, a few irons, a wedge and a putter. Forcing in a full 14-club set is not what this bag is for.", "source": "Lightweight Par 3 Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/lightweight-par-3-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "How many dividers are in the top?", "answer": "There are 2 dividers in the opening. They split the mouth of the bag so your clubs sit in separate groups instead of all rubbing together. With a short set that is usually enough to keep the putter and wedges easy to find.", "source": "Lightweight Par 3 Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/lightweight-par-3-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "How tall is the bag?", "answer": "The listed dimensions are 13 cm long by 10 cm wide by 80 cm high. At 80 cm it is tall enough to support standard-length clubs while keeping the overall footprint small. That height also makes it easy to slide into a car boot upright.", "source": "Lightweight Par 3 Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/lightweight-par-3-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "What is it made from?", "answer": "The body is polyester nylon. That fabric is light, holds its shape and wipes clean with a damp cloth. The colour is black, which hides grass marks and course dirt better than pale fabrics.", "source": "Lightweight Par 3 Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/lightweight-par-3-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "Does it really stand up on its own?", "answer": "Yes. It uses a press-in stand, so pushing the bag down onto the ground pops the legs out and holds it at an angle. Lift it back up and the legs fold in again. There is no separate catch to release.", "source": "Lightweight Par 3 Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/lightweight-par-3-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "Will the stand work on uneven ground?", "answer": "It is designed to support the bag on normal course surfaces like tee boxes and fairways. On a steep slope or very soft ground, any stand bag can slide, so it is worth setting it down on the flattest patch nearby. The low height helps here, since there is less weight sitting up high.", "source": "Lightweight Par 3 Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/lightweight-par-3-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "How many pockets does it have?", "answer": "There are 3 pockets. One is a ball pocket that takes around eight balls, one is a cooler pocket for drinks, and one is a general purpose pocket for a phone, keys, tees or a scorecard.", "source": "Lightweight Par 3 Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/lightweight-par-3-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "What does the cooler pocket do?", "answer": "It is an insulated section meant to keep a drink cool while you play. A cooler bag is included with the product. It is handy on warm days when you would otherwise carry a bottle in your hand.", "source": "Lightweight Par 3 Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/lightweight-par-3-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "Can I attach a glove to it?", "answer": "Yes. There is a velcro strap on the outside for holding a glove. Leaving a damp glove out in the air between holes helps it dry instead of going stiff inside a pocket.", "source": "Lightweight Par 3 Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/lightweight-par-3-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "Are there hooks for accessories?", "answer": "There are 4 hooks on the bag. They are useful for clipping on a club brush, a divot tool pouch or a cleaning kit. Keeping those items outside the pockets means you can grab them without digging around.", "source": "Lightweight Par 3 Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/lightweight-par-3-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "Is the shoulder strap adjustable?", "answer": "Yes, the strap type is listed as adjustable. You can set the length so the bag sits high on your back or lower on your hip, depending on your height and what feels balanced. Getting the length right makes a real difference over nine holes.", "source": "Lightweight Par 3 Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/lightweight-par-3-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "Is there a carry handle as well?", "answer": "Yes, the bag has a built-in handle. You can use it to lift the bag in and out of a car, carry it up stairs, hang it on a golf cart or hook it on a wall at home. It is also useful when you want a quick grab rather than slinging the strap on.", "source": "Lightweight Par 3 Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/lightweight-par-3-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "Can I put it on a golf cart?", "answer": "The handle allows you to hook it onto a cart, and plenty of players use a small stand bag that way. Because the bag is narrow, you may want to make sure the strap is secured so it does not swing. It is not a dedicated cart bag, so check the fit on your cart first.", "source": "Lightweight Par 3 Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/lightweight-par-3-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "Is this a good small golf bag for walking?", "answer": "That is exactly the job it is built for. A short club set, a light body and a shoulder strap make it comfortable for walking nine holes or a par 3 loop. If you walk 18 holes with a full set, consider a larger carry bag instead.", "source": "Lightweight Par 3 Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/lightweight-par-3-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "Would this suit a beginner?", "answer": "It suits beginners well, because most people starting out play with a half set anyway. Carrying fewer clubs also makes course decisions simpler. As your set grows past eight clubs you may outgrow it, but by then you will know what you want.", "source": "Lightweight Par 3 Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/lightweight-par-3-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable for juniors?", "answer": "A junior with a short set of clubs can use it, as long as the 80 cm height works for their club length and the strap adjusts short enough for their frame. It is lighter to shoulder than an adult cart bag. Measure the longest club against the bag height before buying for a smaller child.", "source": "Lightweight Par 3 Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/lightweight-par-3-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "Is this a good par 3 course golf bag?", "answer": "Yes. Par 3 courses rarely need more than a handful of irons, a wedge and a putter, which is the set this bag was sized around. The stand is handy on short holes where you are setting the bag down and picking it up constantly.", "source": "Lightweight Par 3 Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/lightweight-par-3-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "Can I use it at the driving range?", "answer": "It works well as a practice range golf bag. You can take just the clubs you want to work on, stand the bag next to the mat and keep a drink in the cooler pocket. Loading it is quicker than unpacking a full bag.", "source": "Lightweight Par 3 Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/lightweight-par-3-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "Will it fit in a car boot?", "answer": "At 13 cm by 10 cm by 80 cm it is narrow and should fit across or along most car boots. You can usually lay it flat without folding seats down. That is one of the main advantages of a compact golf carry bag.", "source": "Lightweight Par 3 Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/lightweight-par-3-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "Can I travel with it on a plane?", "answer": "Clubs always need to go as checked baggage, and most airlines ask for them to be in a travel cover or hard case. A small bag like this takes up less space inside a travel case than a full cart bag. Check your airline's sporting equipment rules before you fly.", "source": "Lightweight Par 3 Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/lightweight-par-3-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "Does it come with a rain hood?", "answer": "A rain hood is not listed among the included components. The included items are the golf stand bag and the cooler bag. If you play in wet weather often, a separate hood or a towel over the clubs is worth having.", "source": "Lightweight Par 3 Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/lightweight-par-3-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "How much does the bag weigh?", "answer": "A verified weight is not specified by the maker. It is built as a lightweight carry bag with a small frame and a polyester nylon body, so it is far lighter than a cart or tour bag. We would rather leave the number blank than quote one we cannot confirm.", "source": "Lightweight Par 3 Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/lightweight-par-3-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "What colour options are there?", "answer": "This product is black. Black is practical for a golf bag because scuffs, grass stains and dirt are less obvious between cleans.", "source": "Lightweight Par 3 Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/lightweight-par-3-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "How do I clean it?", "answer": "Wipe the fabric with a damp cloth and a little mild soap, then let it air dry out of direct heat. Brush loose grass and mud off the base and the stand legs. Do not put it in a washing machine or a dryer.", "source": "Lightweight Par 3 Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/lightweight-par-3-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "How should I store it between rounds?", "answer": "Empty the pockets, especially anything damp, and let the bag dry fully before putting it away. Store it upright in a dry spot with the stand folded in. Hanging it by the handle also works and keeps the base off a damp floor.", "source": "Lightweight Par 3 Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/lightweight-par-3-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "Will the stand legs wear out?", "answer": "Any stand mechanism works harder if it is dropped hard or forced. Pressing the bag down gently and lifting it cleanly keeps the legs moving freely. Wiping grit off the legs now and then also helps.", "source": "Lightweight Par 3 Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/lightweight-par-3-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "How long does delivery take?", "answer": "We dispatch within 2 working days. Delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier, and remote and regional addresses may take longer. Working days leave out weekends and public holidays. Delivery is free on orders of $150 or more and a flat $15 under that.", "source": "Lightweight Par 3 Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/lightweight-par-3-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "Does it make a good gift?", "answer": "It is a good gift for a casual golfer, someone learning the game, or a player who complains about lugging a big bag around. Because it suits a short set, you do not need to know the person's exact club lineup. The cooler pocket tends to go down well.", "source": "Lightweight Par 3 Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/lightweight-par-3-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "What if the bag is not right for me?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Lightweight Par 3 Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/lightweight-par-3-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "What is a padded golf travel bag?", "answer": "It is an outer case that your whole golf bag goes inside for transport. The padded walls sit between your clubs and whatever else is being thrown around in the hold. It keeps the set together as one piece of luggage rather than loose clubs.", "source": "Padded Golf Travel Bag with Wheels", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/padded-golf-travel-bag-wheels/" }, { "question": "Does this golf travel bag have wheels?", "answer": "Yes, it is a golf travel bag with wheels built in. You tilt it and roll it rather than carrying the full weight. That makes a big difference across long airport terminals and car parks.", "source": "Padded Golf Travel Bag with Wheels", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/padded-golf-travel-bag-wheels/" }, { "question": "Who makes this bag?", "answer": "It is. No other manufacturer details are given in the maker's description.", "source": "Padded Golf Travel Bag with Wheels", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/padded-golf-travel-bag-wheels/" }, { "question": "Will my stand bag fit inside?", "answer": "Most standard stand and cart bags are designed to fit travel covers of this type. Exact internal dimensions are not specified by the maker, so if you have an oversized tour bag it is worth checking with us first.", "source": "Padded Golf Travel Bag with Wheels", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/padded-golf-travel-bag-wheels/" }, { "question": "How do I load my clubs in?", "answer": "Unzip the bag fully, stand it open, and lower your golf bag in head first with the clubs upright. Do not force anything through a part-open zip, as that is how shafts get bent. Then zip it closed from the base upward.", "source": "Padded Golf Travel Bag with Wheels", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/padded-golf-travel-bag-wheels/" }, { "question": "Should I take the clubs out of my golf bag first?", "answer": "No, you leave them in. The whole point is that your loaded golf bag slides inside this travel cover as one unit. That saves time at both ends of the trip.", "source": "Padded Golf Travel Bag with Wheels", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/padded-golf-travel-bag-wheels/" }, { "question": "Is soft sided safe enough for flying?", "answer": "Padded soft sided covers are what the large majority of travelling golfers use. They protect against scuffing, pressure and knocks. For complete rigidity you would need a hard case, but those are heavier and far harder to store.", "source": "Padded Golf Travel Bag with Wheels", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/padded-golf-travel-bag-wheels/" }, { "question": "How can I add extra protection?", "answer": "A stiff support rod or a length of pipe cut just taller than your driver is the classic trick, placed in the bag so impacts land on it rather than your longest club. Wrapping towels or clothing around the club heads also helps a lot.", "source": "Padded Golf Travel Bag with Wheels", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/padded-golf-travel-bag-wheels/" }, { "question": "Can I pack clothes inside?", "answer": "Many golfers do, and the soft items double as padding. Just keep an eye on the total weight so you stay within your airline allowance. Avoid anything you would be upset to lose if the bag went astray.", "source": "Padded Golf Travel Bag with Wheels", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/padded-golf-travel-bag-wheels/" }, { "question": "Is it a unisex product?", "answer": "Yes, the department is listed as unisex-adult. There is nothing in the design specific to one golfer. It is simply sized for a standard adult set of clubs.", "source": "Padded Golf Travel Bag with Wheels", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/padded-golf-travel-bag-wheels/" }, { "question": "What colour is it?", "answer": "Colour is not specified by the maker. Check the product photos on this page for the version currently in stock, or contact us and we will confirm before you order.", "source": "Padded Golf Travel Bag with Wheels", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/padded-golf-travel-bag-wheels/" }, { "question": "What material is the outer fabric?", "answer": "The material is not listed by the maker. Travel bags of this type typically use a tough woven synthetic, but we will not state a specification the maker has not confirmed.", "source": "Padded Golf Travel Bag with Wheels", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/padded-golf-travel-bag-wheels/" }, { "question": "How much does the bag weigh?", "answer": "Weight is not specified by the maker. Soft sided travel bags are generally lighter than hard cases, which helps with airline limits, but we cannot give an exact figure here.", "source": "Padded Golf Travel Bag with Wheels", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/padded-golf-travel-bag-wheels/" }, { "question": "What are the dimensions?", "answer": "Exact dimensions are not given by the maker. If you need a precise measurement to check a car boot or an airline oversize rule, get in touch and we will try to confirm with the maker.", "source": "Padded Golf Travel Bag with Wheels", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/padded-golf-travel-bag-wheels/" }, { "question": "Do airlines charge extra for golf clubs?", "answer": "Policies vary by airline and route. Some count a golf bag as a standard checked item, others treat it as sporting equipment with its own fee. Check with your carrier before you fly, as it is often cheaper to pre-book the item online.", "source": "Padded Golf Travel Bag with Wheels", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/padded-golf-travel-bag-wheels/" }, { "question": "Will it fit in a normal car boot?", "answer": "A loaded golf travel bag takes up a fair amount of space, usually laid flat across the boot or with the rear seats folded. When empty it folds down, which is one of the main reasons golfers choose a soft bag over a hard case.", "source": "Padded Golf Travel Bag with Wheels", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/padded-golf-travel-bag-wheels/" }, { "question": "How do I store it between trips?", "answer": "Empty it, let it air out, then fold it down and keep it somewhere dry. Leaving the zip slightly open helps avoid any trapped damp smell. A wardrobe shelf or the top of a garage rack works fine.", "source": "Padded Golf Travel Bag with Wheels", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/padded-golf-travel-bag-wheels/" }, { "question": "How do I clean it?", "answer": "Wipe the outside with a damp cloth and a little mild soap, then air dry it completely. Do not put it in a washing machine or a dryer. Spot clean marks as they happen rather than letting them set.", "source": "Padded Golf Travel Bag with Wheels", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/padded-golf-travel-bag-wheels/" }, { "question": "What if the wheels pick up grit?", "answer": "Turn the bag over and clear anything caught in the wheel housings after each trip. A quick check costs a minute and stops a small stone from wearing the wheel flat. Keeping them clean is the single best thing you can do for a wheeled golf travel bag.", "source": "Padded Golf Travel Bag with Wheels", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/padded-golf-travel-bag-wheels/" }, { "question": "Can I use it for a trip by car or train?", "answer": "Yes. It works just as well for road trips, ferries and rail travel where clubs get stacked with other luggage. Any journey where your clubs will be out of your hands is a good reason to use a cover.", "source": "Padded Golf Travel Bag with Wheels", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/padded-golf-travel-bag-wheels/" }, { "question": "Does it have a handle as well as wheels?", "answer": "Bags in this style are made to be gripped and tilted onto the wheels. Check the product images on this page for the exact handle layout on the current version, as handle detail is not written out in the maker's description.", "source": "Padded Golf Travel Bag with Wheels", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/padded-golf-travel-bag-wheels/" }, { "question": "Is this the best golf travel bag for a long haul flight?", "answer": "For most golfers a padded wheeled cover like this hits the right balance of protection, weight and storage. Long haul adds more handling, so pack the head area well and consider a support rod. Hard cases offer more rigidity if you travel constantly.", "source": "Padded Golf Travel Bag with Wheels", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/padded-golf-travel-bag-wheels/" }, { "question": "Will it protect my driver?", "answer": "The padded walls cushion knocks, and the driver head is the area most worth protecting further with a towel or clothing. A support rod taller than the driver gives the best insurance. No cover can promise a club will never be damaged.", "source": "Padded Golf Travel Bag with Wheels", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/padded-golf-travel-bag-wheels/" }, { "question": "Can I fit two sets of clubs in?", "answer": "It is designed around one standard golf bag. Trying to force a second set in risks the zip and puts the clubs under pressure against each other. For two golfers, two bags is the sensible answer.", "source": "Padded Golf Travel Bag with Wheels", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/padded-golf-travel-bag-wheels/" }, { "question": "Does it come with a lock?", "answer": "No lock is listed in the maker's description. Many travellers add their own approved luggage lock through the zip pulls. Check your destination's rules on locks before you fly.", "source": "Padded Golf Travel Bag with Wheels", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/padded-golf-travel-bag-wheels/" }, { "question": "Is there a warranty?", "answer": "The maker does not state a warranty period. Every product is covered by the Australian Consumer Law guarantees, and you can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Padded Golf Travel Bag with Wheels", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/padded-golf-travel-bag-wheels/" }, { "question": "Where is it made?", "answer": "Country of origin is not specified by the maker. We would rather leave it blank than guess at it.", "source": "Padded Golf Travel Bag with Wheels", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/padded-golf-travel-bag-wheels/" }, { "question": "How long does delivery take?", "answer": "We dispatch within 2 working days. Delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier, and remote and regional addresses may take longer. Working days leave out weekends and public holidays. Delivery is free on orders of $150 or more and a flat $15 under that.", "source": "Padded Golf Travel Bag with Wheels", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/padded-golf-travel-bag-wheels/" }, { "question": "Does it make a good gift?", "answer": "It is one of the easier golf gifts to get right, because sizing is not an issue and most golfers who travel do not own a decent cover. It suits a milestone birthday or a gift before a group golf trip. Pair it with a luggage tag if you want to dress it up.", "source": "Padded Golf Travel Bag with Wheels", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/padded-golf-travel-bag-wheels/" }, { "question": "What if it is not right for me?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Padded Golf Travel Bag with Wheels", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/padded-golf-travel-bag-wheels/" }, { "question": "What exactly is a sunday golf bag?", "answer": "It is a small, light carry bag designed for a short round rather than a full eighteen holes with fourteen clubs. The name comes from the casual Sunday afternoon golf these bags were made for. This one holds about six or seven clubs and weighs 0.86 kg.", "source": "Lightweight Sunday Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/sunday-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "How many clubs does the hold?", "answer": "It comfortably fits six to seven clubs. Two dividers split the top into dual compartments so the shafts and grips stay separated. Pushing beyond seven starts to crowd the opening.", "source": "Lightweight Sunday Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/sunday-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "How much does the bag weigh?", "answer": "The listed item weight is 0.86 kg empty. That is light enough that most of what you carry is the clubs themselves. It is one of the main reasons people choose this style over a cart bag.", "source": "Lightweight Sunday Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/sunday-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "What are the dimensions?", "answer": "The product measures 19.1 cm in length, 14 cm in width and 81.3 cm in height. That slim footprint is why it slides into a car boot alongside luggage or shopping. It also stands upright in most hallway corners without taking over the space.", "source": "Lightweight Sunday Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/sunday-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "Does it have a stand?", "answer": "Yes, it has a built-in kick stand that props the bag at an angle when you set it down. It keeps your grips off wet grass and makes one-handed club selection easier. The legs fold flat against the bag when you pick it up.", "source": "Lightweight Sunday Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/sunday-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "How many pockets does it have?", "answer": "Six pockets in total. They cover the usual needs like balls, tees, a glove, sunscreen and a light jacket. One is a dedicated valuables pocket and one is a cooler pouch.", "source": "Lightweight Sunday Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/sunday-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "What is the valuables pocket lined with?", "answer": "It is lined with velour on the inside. That soft surface is meant for a phone, keys, a wallet or sunglasses so the screen and lenses do not scuff. It is a small detail that saves you carrying a separate case.", "source": "Lightweight Sunday Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/sunday-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "How big is the cooler pouch?", "answer": "It holds two cans or one bottle. That is enough for a nine-hole walk or a long range session on a warm day. It is insulated to keep a drink cold rather than refrigerated, so pack it chilled.", "source": "Lightweight Sunday Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/sunday-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "What material is the bag made from?", "answer": "The shell is polyester. It handles grass, light rain and general knocking about in a car boot, and it wipes clean easily. The listed colour for this model is grey.", "source": "Lightweight Sunday Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/sunday-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "Is this the best pitch and putt golf bag for a short course?", "answer": "It is built squarely for that use. Pitch and putt and par 3 layouts rarely need more than a few wedges, a mid iron and a putter, which is exactly what this bag carries. The light weight is the difference between enjoying the walk and counting holes until the end.", "source": "Lightweight Sunday Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/sunday-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "Can I use it at the driving range?", "answer": "Yes, that is one of the main uses. Taking four or five clubs to a range bay in a 0.86 kg bag is far easier than dragging a full set out of the car. The cooler pouch is handy for a long practice block too.", "source": "Lightweight Sunday Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/sunday-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "Will it work for a full eighteen holes?", "answer": "It can, as long as you are happy playing with six or seven clubs. Plenty of golfers do exactly that and find it sharpens their course management. If you want every club in the bag for a competition round, a bigger carry or cart bag suits better.", "source": "Lightweight Sunday Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/sunday-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "Does it have a shoulder strap?", "answer": "The strap type is listed as portable, and the bag also comes with a carry handle. So you can sling it or grab it by hand depending on the walk. Most people use the handle between close holes and the strap for longer stretches.", "source": "Lightweight Sunday Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/sunday-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable for a beginner?", "answer": "It is a good fit for someone starting out with a partial set. New golfers often own six or seven clubs anyway, and a smaller bag makes practice trips less of a chore. It is also one of the best golf bags for a few clubs if you are still building a set.", "source": "Lightweight Sunday Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/sunday-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "Will it fit on a push cart or trolley?", "answer": "Small stand bags will usually sit on a trolley, but the fit depends on the cart's strap spacing and base width. Measure your cart against the 19.1 cm by 14 cm base before relying on it. This bag is really designed to be carried.", "source": "Lightweight Sunday Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/sunday-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "Does it fit on a motorised golf cart?", "answer": "You can strap it to a cart, though short bags sometimes need the strap positioned carefully because of the lower profile. Many people just lay it across the back or set it in the footwell. It was made for walking first.", "source": "Lightweight Sunday Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/sunday-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "Can it hold a driver?", "answer": "A standard-length driver fits within the 81.3 cm height of the bag, with the head sitting above the top. If you are carrying a long shaft, make sure it is seated properly before the bag goes in a car boot. Most people building a short set skip the driver anyway.", "source": "Lightweight Sunday Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/sunday-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "Is it waterproof?", "answer": "The polyester shell handles light rain and dew, but the maker does not list it as waterproof. In sustained rain, treat the pockets as water resistant at best and keep anything sensitive in a sealed bag. Dry the bag out fully afterwards.", "source": "Lightweight Sunday Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/sunday-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "How do I clean it?", "answer": "Wipe the shell with a damp cloth and a little mild soap, then air dry it away from heaters or direct sun. Empty the pockets and shake out grass and sand after each round. Do not put it in a washing machine or dryer.", "source": "Lightweight Sunday Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/sunday-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "How should I store it between rounds?", "answer": "Stand it upright in a dry place with the pockets empty of food, drink and damp towels. Avoid leaving it packed under heavy gear, which can bend the stand legs over time. A hallway cupboard or garage shelf is fine.", "source": "Lightweight Sunday Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/sunday-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "Will the stand legs wear out?", "answer": "Stand mechanisms last longest when they stay clean. Brush grit off the legs and hinge area occasionally and they keep moving freely. Avoid dropping the bag hard onto concrete with the legs deployed.", "source": "Lightweight Sunday Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/sunday-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "Is this a good travel golf bag?", "answer": "The small size and low weight make it easy to take on holiday golf trips, especially with a short set. For flights you still want a hard or padded travel cover to protect the clubs. Within a car, it is one of the best travel friendly golf bags for a quick getaway.", "source": "Lightweight Sunday Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/sunday-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "What colour is it?", "answer": "This model is listed in grey. Grey hides grass marks and dust better than lighter shades, which helps it look tidy for longer. Colour availability can vary by batch.", "source": "Lightweight Sunday Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/sunday-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "What comes in the box?", "answer": "One bag. It ships as a single item, one pack, one unit count. Clubs, balls and accessories shown in photos are not included.", "source": "Lightweight Sunday Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/sunday-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "Is it a good gift for a golfer?", "answer": "It makes an easy gift because almost no golfer already owns a small carry bag, even if they have a cart bag. It also suits a range of skill levels, from a beginner to someone who plays a lot. For many people it is the best gift for a golfer who already has the clubs they need.", "source": "Lightweight Sunday Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/sunday-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "Does it come with a warranty?", "answer": "The maker does not state a warranty period. Every product is covered by the Australian Consumer Law guarantees, and you can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Lightweight Sunday Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/sunday-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "Where is it made?", "answer": "The country of origin is not specified by the maker. The maker's description notes a country of publication of China, but that field refers to the catalogue entry rather than confirmed manufacturing. We do not want to state something we cannot verify.", "source": "Lightweight Sunday Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/sunday-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "How long will delivery take?", "answer": "We dispatch within 2 working days. Delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier, and remote and regional addresses may take longer. Working days leave out weekends and public holidays. Delivery is free on orders of $150 or more and a flat $15 under that.", "source": "Lightweight Sunday Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/sunday-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "Can I return it if I change my mind?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Lightweight Sunday Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/sunday-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "What if it is not right for me when it arrives?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Lightweight Sunday Golf Stand Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/sunday-golf-stand-bag/" }, { "question": "What exactly am I buying here?", "answer": "You are buying one dozen golf balls, so twelve balls in a single box. Each ball has a three-piece construction with a cast polyurethane cover, an 85 compression core and a 350-dimple pattern.", "source": "3-Piece Urethane Golf Balls (12 Ball Dozen)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/three-piece-urethane-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "What does 3-piece construction actually mean?", "answer": "A three-piece ball has three distinct layers, a rubber core at the centre, a mantle layer around it, and the thin outer cover. The core supplies speed on full swings, the mantle transfers energy, and the cover handles feel and spin on short shots.", "source": "3-Piece Urethane Golf Balls (12 Ball Dozen)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/three-piece-urethane-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "Why does a urethane cover matter?", "answer": "Urethane is a softer, grippier cover material than the ionomer or Surlyn style covers used on many cheaper balls. The grooves on a wedge can bite into it, which generates more spin on chips and pitches. That is why urethane cover golf balls are the usual choice for players who want shots to stop near the flag.", "source": "3-Piece Urethane Golf Balls (12 Ball Dozen)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/three-piece-urethane-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "What swing speed suits 85 compression?", "answer": "Compression describes how much the ball squashes at impact. An 85 compression core sits in the middle of the range and generally suits moderate swing speeds, roughly the driver speeds most club golfers produce. If you are looking for the best golf balls for average swing speed, a mid compression ball like this is a reasonable starting point.", "source": "3-Piece Urethane Golf Balls (12 Ball Dozen)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/three-piece-urethane-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "Will these go further than my current ball?", "answer": "Distance depends on your swing, your clubs and conditions as much as the ball. What a three-piece urethane ball tends to give you is a ball that does not sacrifice short-game spin to get distance. If you have been playing a hard two-piece distance ball, expect similar length with noticeably more control near the green.", "source": "3-Piece Urethane Golf Balls (12 Ball Dozen)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/three-piece-urethane-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "How many balls come in the box?", "answer": "Twelve balls, one standard dozen, in a single pack. The maker describes it as 1 DZ with a unit count of 12. There is one pack per order unless you add more to your cart.", "source": "3-Piece Urethane Golf Balls (12 Ball Dozen)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/three-piece-urethane-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "What colour are the balls?", "answer": "They are white. White is still the most common choice because it shows up well against grass and tree lines, and it is easy to mark with a pen. The maker does not list any other colour option for this product.", "source": "3-Piece Urethane Golf Balls (12 Ball Dozen)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/three-piece-urethane-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "What is the alignment track for?", "answer": "It is a bold printed line on the cover that you point at your target. On the green you set the line along your intended putting path, and on the tee you can use it to aim. Alignment aid golf balls save a bit of time and help you commit to a start line.", "source": "3-Piece Urethane Golf Balls (12 Ball Dozen)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/three-piece-urethane-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "What does the 350-dimple count do?", "answer": "Dimples control how air flows over the ball in flight. A denser pattern is designed to produce a steady, repeatable trajectory rather than a ball that balloons or knuckles. In practice the aim is consistent descent and better behaviour in a breeze.", "source": "3-Piece Urethane Golf Balls (12 Ball Dozen)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/three-piece-urethane-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "Are these good for beginners?", "answer": "They can be, though beginners who lose a lot of balls may prefer something cheaper while they build consistency. The soft feel is forgiving on mishits and easy to putt with. Once you are keeping most tee shots in play, a urethane ball starts to pay off.", "source": "3-Piece Urethane Golf Balls (12 Ball Dozen)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/three-piece-urethane-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "Will I get more spin on my wedges?", "answer": "Compared with a firm ionomer-covered ball, yes, that is the point of a urethane cover. Clean contact from a decent lie will give you shots that check rather than release long. Wet grass, a flyer lie or worn grooves will still reduce spin.", "source": "3-Piece Urethane Golf Balls (12 Ball Dozen)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/three-piece-urethane-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "Do these feel soft off the putter?", "answer": "An 85 compression ball with a urethane cover generally gives a soft, muted sound and feel at impact. Some players prefer that, others want a clicky, firmer feel for distance control. It is personal, so give yourself a few holes to adjust.", "source": "3-Piece Urethane Golf Balls (12 Ball Dozen)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/three-piece-urethane-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "Can I use them in cold weather?", "answer": "Yes, though all golf balls lose a little compression and distance in cold air. Keeping a spare ball in a pocket so it stays warmer is a trick many players use in winter. Store the box indoors rather than in a cold boot overnight.", "source": "3-Piece Urethane Golf Balls (12 Ball Dozen)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/three-piece-urethane-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "How should I clean them?", "answer": "Warm water, a little mild soap and a soft cloth or brush is plenty. Rinse and dry before you put the ball back in the sleeve. Avoid solvents or abrasive pads, since they can dull and damage the cover.", "source": "3-Piece Urethane Golf Balls (12 Ball Dozen)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/three-piece-urethane-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "How long does a ball like this last?", "answer": "If you do not scuff or cut the cover, a urethane ball can comfortably last several rounds. Urethane is softer than ionomer, so it can show cart path scrapes and bunker wear sooner. Retire any ball with a visible cut, because damage changes how it flies.", "source": "3-Piece Urethane Golf Balls (12 Ball Dozen)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/three-piece-urethane-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "How should I store the box?", "answer": "Keep it indoors at normal room temperature, away from direct sun. Long periods of heat in a car boot are the main thing to avoid. Stored sensibly, golf balls hold their performance for years.", "source": "3-Piece Urethane Golf Balls (12 Ball Dozen)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/three-piece-urethane-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "Can I write on them or mark them?", "answer": "Yes, a permanent marker works fine and is the usual way to identify your ball. Marking is also helpful under the rules so you can confirm you are playing your own ball. Light marking will not affect flight.", "source": "3-Piece Urethane Golf Balls (12 Ball Dozen)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/three-piece-urethane-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "Do they work with a launch monitor?", "answer": "They do. Follow your device's instructions for ball marking if it asks for dots.", "source": "3-Piece Urethane Golf Balls (12 Ball Dozen)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/three-piece-urethane-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "What is the difference between these and a two-piece distance ball?", "answer": "A two-piece ball has a core and a cover only, usually a firm ionomer cover, and is tuned mostly for distance and durability. A three-piece ball adds a mantle layer and a softer cover to add spin and feel on short shots. If you want the best golf balls for spin around the green, three-piece is the way to go.", "source": "3-Piece Urethane Golf Balls (12 Ball Dozen)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/three-piece-urethane-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "Are they a good gift?", "answer": "A dozen balls is one of the easiest golf gifts to get right, since every golfer uses them. The boxed dozen presents well without wrapping fuss. If you are shopping for the best gift golf balls for golfers, a mid compression urethane dozen suits most recipients.", "source": "3-Piece Urethane Golf Balls (12 Ball Dozen)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/three-piece-urethane-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "Do I need to switch ball types between rounds?", "answer": "Most players get better results by sticking to one model so their distance control stays predictable. Mixing a soft ball and a firm ball during the same round makes wedge distances harder to judge. Pick one and give it a few rounds.", "source": "3-Piece Urethane Golf Balls (12 Ball Dozen)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/three-piece-urethane-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "What does PGA in the maker's description mean?", "answer": "It is listed by the maker under league name as a category descriptor. It does not indicate any official endorsement.", "source": "3-Piece Urethane Golf Balls (12 Ball Dozen)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/three-piece-urethane-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "What is the weight of the package?", "answer": "The shipping weight is listed as 0.64 kg, and the maker also quotes an item weight of 1.4 pounds for the dozen.", "source": "3-Piece Urethane Golf Balls (12 Ball Dozen)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/three-piece-urethane-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "Where are they made?", "answer": "The maker lists Taiwan under country of publication, but the country of origin field is not specified for this product. We do not state manufacturing origin beyond what the maker provides.", "source": "3-Piece Urethane Golf Balls (12 Ball Dozen)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/three-piece-urethane-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "How quickly will my order arrive?", "answer": "We dispatch within 2 working days. Delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier, and remote and regional addresses may take longer. Working days leave out weekends and public holidays. Delivery is free on orders of $150 or more and a flat $15 under that.", "source": "3-Piece Urethane Golf Balls (12 Ball Dozen)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/three-piece-urethane-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "What if I open the box and change my mind?", "answer": "Contact us and we will walk you through the returns process. Unused, unmarked balls in their original packaging are the easiest to handle. Let us know what you were trying to achieve and we can suggest a better match if needed.", "source": "3-Piece Urethane Golf Balls (12 Ball Dozen)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/three-piece-urethane-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "What if the ball is just not right for my game?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "3-Piece Urethane Golf Balls (12 Ball Dozen)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/three-piece-urethane-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "Can I order a larger quantity for a club or event?", "answer": "Yes. Send the product, the quantity and your delivery postcode through our wholesale page and the team will confirm availability and a price. Sending an enquiry does not place an order.", "source": "3-Piece Urethane Golf Balls (12 Ball Dozen)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/three-piece-urethane-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "Can I order a larger quantity for a club or event?", "answer": "Yes. Send the product, the quantity and your delivery postcode through our wholesale page and the team will confirm availability and a price. Sending an enquiry does not place an order.", "source": "3-Piece Urethane Golf Balls (12 Ball Dozen)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/three-piece-urethane-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "Is this one box of twelve balls?", "answer": "Yes. One box holds one dozen, which is twelve balls. Order more than one box if you want spares for the season.", "source": "3-Piece Urethane Golf Balls (12 Ball Dozen)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/three-piece-urethane-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "What are these golf balls?", "answer": "They are golf balls, sold twelve to a box in Panther Orange. Each ball uses a 2-piece construction with a Big Max COR core and a urethane cover. They are designed to combine soft feel with distance on full swings.", "source": "Urethane Golf Balls (12 Pack, Orange)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/urethane-soft-feel-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "What does a urethane cover actually do?", "answer": "Urethane is a softer, grippier cover material than the ionomer or Surlyn used on most budget balls. It lets the grooves on a wedge bite into the surface, which generally produces more spin on short shots. It also tends to feel softer off the putter face.", "source": "Urethane Golf Balls (12 Pack, Orange)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/urethane-soft-feel-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "What does 2-piece construction mean?", "answer": "A 2-piece ball has a single solid core wrapped in one cover layer. Multi-layer balls add mantle layers between the two to fine-tune spin at different swing speeds. Two-piece builds are simpler, usually more durable and often more affordable.", "source": "Urethane Golf Balls (12 Pack, Orange)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/urethane-soft-feel-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "What is the Big Max COR core?", "answer": "COR stands for coefficient of restitution, which describes how efficiently the ball springs back after being compressed at impact. A core tuned for high COR aims to return more of your swing energy as ball speed. In this ball it is paired with the urethane cover to balance distance and feel.", "source": "Urethane Golf Balls (12 Pack, Orange)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/urethane-soft-feel-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "How many balls are in the pack?", "answer": "Twelve. That is a standard dozen box, which for most players covers several rounds depending on how often you lose one.", "source": "Urethane Golf Balls (12 Pack, Orange)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/urethane-soft-feel-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "What colour are they?", "answer": "Panther Orange. It is a high-visibility finish rather than a standard white, which helps when you are searching in rough or playing in flat light.", "source": "Urethane Golf Balls (12 Pack, Orange)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/urethane-soft-feel-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "Are these legal for competition?", "answer": "The maker's description here does not list conforming status with any governing body, so we cannot confirm it. If you play in handicapped or club competitions, check the current conforming ball list published by your governing body before using them. For social golf and practice it is not an issue.", "source": "Urethane Golf Balls (12 Pack, Orange)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/urethane-soft-feel-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "What compression are they?", "answer": "The compression rating is not specified by the maker. The combination of a urethane cover and a high-COR 2-piece core is generally aimed at a soft feel, but we do not have a published number to quote.", "source": "Urethane Golf Balls (12 Pack, Orange)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/urethane-soft-feel-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "How many dimples do they have?", "answer": "Dimple count is not listed by the maker for this ball, so we cannot give a figure.", "source": "Urethane Golf Balls (12 Pack, Orange)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/urethane-soft-feel-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "Are they good for beginners?", "answer": "Yes, a durable 2-piece ball in a bright colour is a sensible pick when you are starting out. The orange finish in particular helps if you are still spraying a few shots offline. Many of the best golf balls for beginners share exactly this sort of simple, forgiving build.", "source": "Urethane Golf Balls (12 Pack, Orange)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/urethane-soft-feel-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "Will these suit a slower swing speed?", "answer": "Two-piece balls with soft covers are a common choice for slower swings because they do not need huge clubhead speed to compress. Without a published compression figure we cannot promise a specific match, but the design intent points that way. Players looking for the best golf balls for slow swing speed often start with this category.", "source": "Urethane Golf Balls (12 Pack, Orange)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/urethane-soft-feel-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "Are they suitable for low handicappers?", "answer": "They can be. A urethane cover is the main thing a good player wants for short-game control, and this ball has one. Tour balls add extra mantle layers for finer spin separation between driver and wedge, so a scratch player may notice the difference on full shots.", "source": "Urethane Golf Balls (12 Pack, Orange)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/urethane-soft-feel-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "Do they spin around the greens?", "answer": "A urethane cover is the material most associated with greenside spin, and that is what the cover here is made from. Actual spin depends just as much on your technique, your wedge grooves and the lie. Clean contact from a decent lie is what makes spin happen.", "source": "Urethane Golf Balls (12 Pack, Orange)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/urethane-soft-feel-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "How far do they go?", "answer": "We cannot quote carry numbers, since distance depends on your swing speed, launch angle and conditions. The high-COR core is built to convert swing energy into ball speed on full shots. The fairest test is playing a sleeve against your current ball on the same day.", "source": "Urethane Golf Balls (12 Pack, Orange)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/urethane-soft-feel-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "Are they good value compared with premium tour balls?", "answer": "That is the pitch behind this kind of ball, a urethane cover without the price of a four or five layer tour model. Whether the trade-off suits you depends on how much you rely on precise spin control. Plenty of club golfers hunting the best value golf balls land in this bracket.", "source": "Urethane Golf Balls (12 Pack, Orange)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/urethane-soft-feel-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "How durable is a urethane cover?", "answer": "Urethane is softer than ionomer, so it can scuff more easily on cart paths, bunker rakes and thin wedge shots. Normal play from grass should be fine for multiple rounds per ball. Retire any ball with a visible cut.", "source": "Urethane Golf Balls (12 Pack, Orange)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/urethane-soft-feel-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "Can I use them in cold weather?", "answer": "Yes. All golf balls lose some ball speed in the cold, so keep a spare in a pocket and rotate it. A bright orange ball is also easier to find on a damp, grey winter day, which is why many players rate orange among the best golf balls for winter golf.", "source": "Urethane Golf Balls (12 Pack, Orange)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/urethane-soft-feel-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "How do I clean them?", "answer": "Warm water, a soft cloth and a little mild soap is all you need. Dry the ball before it goes back in the bag. Keep solvents and strong cleaners away from the cover.", "source": "Urethane Golf Balls (12 Pack, Orange)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/urethane-soft-feel-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "How should I store them?", "answer": "Keep the box somewhere dry at normal room temperature. Avoid leaving balls in a hot car boot for weeks or in a freezing shed over winter. Extreme temperature swings are not kind to any golf ball.", "source": "Urethane Golf Balls (12 Pack, Orange)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/urethane-soft-feel-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "Do golf balls expire?", "answer": "Unused balls kept in reasonable conditions last for years. Problems come from heat, damp and physical damage rather than age on a shelf. If the cover looks and feels normal, it is almost certainly fine to play.", "source": "Urethane Golf Balls (12 Pack, Orange)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/urethane-soft-feel-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "Can I write my own mark on them?", "answer": "Yes, a permanent marker works fine on the cover and helps you identify your ball under the rules. Let the ink dry before you tee it up. Simple dots or a line are the most common choices.", "source": "Urethane Golf Balls (12 Pack, Orange)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/urethane-soft-feel-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "Will the orange colour fade?", "answer": "Painted and coated covers can dull with repeated contact and cleaning, like any golf ball. Normal use should keep the colour visible for the playing life of the ball. Harsh cleaners will speed up any dulling.", "source": "Urethane Golf Balls (12 Pack, Orange)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/urethane-soft-feel-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "Is orange genuinely easier to see than white?", "answer": "Most players find it easier against grass, leaf litter and overcast sky, which is why high-visibility balls are popular in autumn and winter. Against a bright sand bunker the advantage is smaller. If you lose a lot of balls in rough, the best high visibility golf balls are worth a try.", "source": "Urethane Golf Balls (12 Pack, Orange)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/urethane-soft-feel-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "Are these a good gift for a golfer?", "answer": "A dozen box is one of the easiest golf gifts to get right, since it is useful no matter what clubs someone plays. The orange colour makes it feel like more of a considered choice than a plain white box. Pair it with tees or a towel for a fuller present.", "source": "Urethane Golf Balls (12 Pack, Orange)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/urethane-soft-feel-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "How many rounds will a dozen last?", "answer": "That depends entirely on how many you lose. A tidy player might get a month or more out of a box, while someone finding trouble could go through several in a few rounds. Durability is not usually the limiting factor.", "source": "Urethane Golf Balls (12 Pack, Orange)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/urethane-soft-feel-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "Can I practise with them on a range mat?", "answer": "You can, but hitting repeatedly off mats and hard surfaces scuffs covers faster than grass does. Keep your best balls for the course and use older ones for mat practice. Chipping and putting practice on grass is kinder to them.", "source": "Urethane Golf Balls (12 Pack, Orange)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/urethane-soft-feel-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "Do they work for putting practice indoors?", "answer": "Yes, they roll the same as they would on a green, allowing for the surface. A softer cover often feels pleasant off the putter face. Just keep them away from skirting boards and glassware.", "source": "Urethane Golf Balls (12 Pack, Orange)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/urethane-soft-feel-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "What is shipping and delivery like?", "answer": "We dispatch within 2 working days. Delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier, and remote and regional addresses may take longer. Working days leave out weekends and public holidays. Delivery is free on orders of $150 or more and a flat $15 under that.", "source": "Urethane Golf Balls (12 Pack, Orange)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/urethane-soft-feel-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "What if the box arrives damaged?", "answer": "We dispatch within 2 working days. Delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier, and remote and regional addresses may take longer. Working days leave out weekends and public holidays. Delivery is free on orders of $150 or more and a flat $15 under that.", "source": "Urethane Golf Balls (12 Pack, Orange)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/urethane-soft-feel-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "What if these are not the right ball for me?", "answer": "If an unopened dozen is not what you wanted, get in touch within the returns window and we will arrange a return or exchange. Golf ball choice is personal, and nobody gets it right every time. Tell us how you play and we can point you toward something in the range that fits better.", "source": "Urethane Golf Balls (12 Pack, Orange)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/urethane-soft-feel-golf-balls/" }, { "question": "What is included in this pack?", "answer": "You get two men's golf gloves plus ball markers. Both gloves are the same size and the same hand orientation, so this is a pack of two identical gloves rather than a left and right pair.", "source": "Men's Leather Golf Glove 2 Pack with Ball Markers", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-glove-2-pack/" }, { "question": "Which hand do these gloves fit?", "answer": "They are left hand gloves. In golf that means they are worn on the left hand, which is what a right handed golfer does, because the left hand is the lead hand on the club.", "source": "Men's Leather Golf Glove 2 Pack with Ball Markers", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-glove-2-pack/" }, { "question": "I am a left handed golfer. Will these work for me?", "answer": "Left handed golfers normally wear a glove on the right hand, so this left hand product page is not the right fit. A right hand version would be the one to look for if you swing left handed.", "source": "Men's Leather Golf Glove 2 Pack with Ball Markers", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-glove-2-pack/" }, { "question": "What size are these gloves?", "answer": "The size listed for this pack is M/Large. If you sit between a medium and a large in most gloves, that is the range this set is aimed at.", "source": "Men's Leather Golf Glove 2 Pack with Ball Markers", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-glove-2-pack/" }, { "question": "How do I measure my hand for a golf glove?", "answer": "Measure around your palm at the widest point, just below the knuckles, with your hand flat. Then measure from the base of your palm to the tip of your middle finger. Those two numbers together give you a reliable guide to glove sizing.", "source": "Men's Leather Golf Glove 2 Pack with Ball Markers", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-glove-2-pack/" }, { "question": "Should a golf glove feel tight?", "answer": "It should feel snug like a second skin, with no loose fabric bunching in the palm and no gap at the fingertips. A glove that is too loose twists on the club, which is the main thing you are trying to avoid.", "source": "Men's Leather Golf Glove 2 Pack with Ball Markers", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-glove-2-pack/" }, { "question": "What material are the gloves made from?", "answer": "The material listed is leather. Leather is popular for golf gloves because it moulds to your hand with use and gives a natural feel through the grip.", "source": "Men's Leather Golf Glove 2 Pack with Ball Markers", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-glove-2-pack/" }, { "question": "What colour are they?", "answer": "White. It is the classic golf glove colour and it works with any outfit or club brand you already own.", "source": "Men's Leather Golf Glove 2 Pack with Ball Markers", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-glove-2-pack/" }, { "question": "What is the closure like?", "answer": "A hook and loop strap across the back of the wrist. You pull it to the tension you want and press it down, and you can adjust it mid round without removing the glove.", "source": "Men's Leather Golf Glove 2 Pack with Ball Markers", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-glove-2-pack/" }, { "question": "Is the palm padded?", "answer": "Yes, the maker's description specifies a padded feature. Padding in the palm takes some of the sting out of off-centre strikes and adds a little cushioning on long practice sessions.", "source": "Men's Leather Golf Glove 2 Pack with Ball Markers", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-glove-2-pack/" }, { "question": "Why buy two gloves instead of one?", "answer": "Gloves get damp from sweat and rain, and a damp glove loses grip. Having a second one in the bag means you can switch at the turn and let the first dry out, which also makes both gloves last longer.", "source": "Men's Leather Golf Glove 2 Pack with Ball Markers", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-glove-2-pack/" }, { "question": "Are these suitable for beginners?", "answer": "Very much so. A beginner tends to grip too hard, and a glove with a padded palm helps reduce that. Buying a golf glove 2 pack also means you are not caught out when the first one wears through at the thumb.", "source": "Men's Leather Golf Glove 2 Pack with Ball Markers", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-glove-2-pack/" }, { "question": "Will these help if I have sweaty hands?", "answer": "A glove gives you a far better hold than bare skin when your hands are damp, and the second glove in the pack lets you rotate. If you are hunting for the best golf glove for sweaty hands, rotation is honestly the biggest trick.", "source": "Men's Leather Golf Glove 2 Pack with Ball Markers", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-glove-2-pack/" }, { "question": "Can I wear a golf glove for putting?", "answer": "Many players take the glove off to putt because they want more feel in the hands. Others leave it on for consistency. There is no rule either way, so try both and keep what scores better.", "source": "Men's Leather Golf Glove 2 Pack with Ball Markers", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-glove-2-pack/" }, { "question": "Do I wear one glove or two?", "answer": "Most golfers wear a single glove on the lead hand. Some players wear two in cold or wet weather. This pack gives you two gloves for the same hand, which is for rotation rather than wearing both at once.", "source": "Men's Leather Golf Glove 2 Pack with Ball Markers", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-glove-2-pack/" }, { "question": "Are the ball markers attached to the glove?", "answer": "Ball markers are included with the gloves as part of the set. Markers on golf gloves are commonly held on the wrist strap so they are easy to reach on the green.", "source": "Men's Leather Golf Glove 2 Pack with Ball Markers", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-glove-2-pack/" }, { "question": "How long will a golf glove last?", "answer": "It depends entirely on how often you play and how you care for it. Weekly players often get a couple of months from a glove, and the thumb and heel of the palm usually wear first. Rotating two gloves stretches that out noticeably.", "source": "Men's Leather Golf Glove 2 Pack with Ball Markers", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-glove-2-pack/" }, { "question": "How do I wash them?", "answer": "Hand wash only, in cool water with a small amount of mild soap. Squeeze gently, press between a towel, reshape by hand and let the glove air dry away from heat.", "source": "Men's Leather Golf Glove 2 Pack with Ball Markers", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-glove-2-pack/" }, { "question": "Can I put the glove in the washing machine?", "answer": "No. A machine cycle and the heat of a dryer will shrink and stiffen leather, and the glove will never fit the same afterwards. Hand washing only is the stated care instruction.", "source": "Men's Leather Golf Glove 2 Pack with Ball Markers", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-glove-2-pack/" }, { "question": "What is the best way to store a golf glove?", "answer": "Lay it flat or roll it loosely, ideally in a side pocket rather than crushed under your clubs. Never leave it damp and scrunched up, because that is how gloves go hard and crack.", "source": "Men's Leather Golf Glove 2 Pack with Ball Markers", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-glove-2-pack/" }, { "question": "Do these work in wet weather?", "answer": "A standard leather golf glove gives a usable grip in light rain but will get saturated in heavy rain. That is where the spare glove earns its place, and dedicated rain gloves are the option for consistently wet conditions.", "source": "Men's Leather Golf Glove 2 Pack with Ball Markers", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-glove-2-pack/" }, { "question": "What about cold weather?", "answer": "A thin glove like this still helps you hold the club, but it is not an insulated winter mitt. In cold conditions many players wear mitts between shots and slip them off to swing.", "source": "Men's Leather Golf Glove 2 Pack with Ball Markers", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-glove-2-pack/" }, { "question": "How much does the glove weigh?", "answer": "The listed item weight is 50 grams. That is light enough that you stop noticing it a few holes into a round.", "source": "Men's Leather Golf Glove 2 Pack with Ball Markers", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-glove-2-pack/" }, { "question": "Are these gloves for adults or juniors?", "answer": "The age range listed is adult. Junior hands would need a junior specific size rather than this M/Large pack.", "source": "Men's Leather Golf Glove 2 Pack with Ball Markers", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-glove-2-pack/" }, { "question": "Can I use these for other sports?", "answer": "They are designed and cut for golf, with the stretch and seam placement that a golf grip needs. For driving range work and course play they are fine, but gym or cycling gloves are built differently.", "source": "Men's Leather Golf Glove 2 Pack with Ball Markers", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-glove-2-pack/" }, { "question": "Would this make a good gift?", "answer": "It is one of the easiest golf gifts to get right, as long as you know the recipient's glove size and which hand they wear it on. The two gloves and the included markers make it feel like a proper set rather than a single item.", "source": "Men's Leather Golf Glove 2 Pack with Ball Markers", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-glove-2-pack/" }, { "question": "Do you deliver to my country?", "answer": "We dispatch within 2 working days. Delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier, and remote and regional addresses may take longer. Working days leave out weekends and public holidays. Delivery is free on orders of $150 or more and a flat $15 under that.", "source": "Men's Leather Golf Glove 2 Pack with Ball Markers", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-glove-2-pack/" }, { "question": "What are the exact glove dimensions?", "answer": "Specific length and width measurements are not specified by the maker. The size designation given is M/Large, so use standard glove sizing as your guide.", "source": "Men's Leather Golf Glove 2 Pack with Ball Markers", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-glove-2-pack/" }, { "question": "Is there a warranty on these gloves?", "answer": "The maker does not state a warranty period. Every product is covered by the Australian Consumer Law guarantees, and you can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Men's Leather Golf Glove 2 Pack with Ball Markers", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-glove-2-pack/" }, { "question": "What if the gloves are not right when they arrive?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Men's Leather Golf Glove 2 Pack with Ball Markers", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-glove-2-pack/" }, { "question": "What exactly comes in the pack?", "answer": "You get five men's golf gloves in one pack. Each glove is bagged individually and the set ships inside a paper package. There is one pack per order.", "source": "Men's Golf Gloves 5 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-gloves-5-pack/" }, { "question": "Which hand do these gloves go on?", "answer": "The listed hand orientation is left, meaning they are worn on the left hand. That is the normal arrangement for a right-handed golfer. Left-handed players wear a glove on the right hand, so check the orientation before ordering.", "source": "Men's Golf Gloves 5 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-gloves-5-pack/" }, { "question": "What size are these?", "answer": "The size listed for this pack is X-Large. All five gloves in the pack are the same size and the same hand. If you are between sizes, measure your hand before choosing.", "source": "Men's Golf Gloves 5 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-gloves-5-pack/" }, { "question": "What are they made from?", "answer": "The material type is listed as spandex and leather, with a leather thumb panel. The exact blend percentages are not specified by the maker. The palm area is padded and the finger area is perforated.", "source": "Men's Golf Gloves 5 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-gloves-5-pack/" }, { "question": "Are these full leather gloves?", "answer": "No. The spec lists spandex and leather together, with leather on the thumb. If you want a full cabretta leather glove, one of the best leather golf gloves in a single pack would suit you better than a multipack like this.", "source": "Men's Golf Gloves 5 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-gloves-5-pack/" }, { "question": "Will they work in wet weather?", "answer": "They are built as a breathable everyday glove rather than a dedicated rain glove. In light damp conditions the real benefit of a five pack is that you can swap to a dry one. For heavy rain, a purpose-made best all weather golf glove in a wet-grip material is a better tool.", "source": "Men's Golf Gloves 5 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-gloves-5-pack/" }, { "question": "Why buy five gloves instead of one?", "answer": "Gloves lose grip when they get damp long before they actually wear through. Having spares means you rotate rather than suffer. Most regular players find a best golf glove multipack works out cheaper per round than buying singles.", "source": "Men's Golf Gloves 5 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-gloves-5-pack/" }, { "question": "How long does one glove usually last?", "answer": "It depends on how often you play, how hard you grip and whether you hit a lot of range balls. Many weekend golfers get several rounds from a glove before the palm starts to shine. Rotating between gloves and letting each dry fully stretches that out.", "source": "Men's Golf Gloves 5 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-gloves-5-pack/" }, { "question": "Do they help with sweaty hands?", "answer": "The perforations around the fingers let heat and moisture escape, which helps. The bigger help is the spare gloves, since swapping to a dry one mid-round is the most effective fix. Players looking for the best golf glove for sweaty hands usually carry at least two.", "source": "Men's Golf Gloves 5 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-gloves-5-pack/" }, { "question": "Is the padding noticeable?", "answer": "It is light padding in the palm, not a thick cushion. You feel a slightly softer contact with the grip rather than a bulky layer. Most players stop noticing it after a few holes.", "source": "Men's Golf Gloves 5 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-gloves-5-pack/" }, { "question": "How should the glove fit?", "answer": "Snug across the palm with no loose fabric, and fingertips reaching the end without pressing hard. A golf glove should feel like a second skin when new, since leather relaxes a little with use. Too loose and the club will twist in your hand.", "source": "Men's Golf Gloves 5 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-gloves-5-pack/" }, { "question": "How do I measure my hand for size?", "answer": "Measure around your palm at the widest point, just below the knuckles, with your hand flat. Then measure from the base of your palm to the tip of your middle finger. Compare both numbers to a sizing chart, and if your fingers are long, lean toward the larger size.", "source": "Men's Golf Gloves 5 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-gloves-5-pack/" }, { "question": "What is the closure type?", "answer": "It is a pull-on design. There is no adjustable strap or tab, so fit relies entirely on getting the right size. Many players like this because there is nothing to loosen during a swing.", "source": "Men's Golf Gloves 5 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-gloves-5-pack/" }, { "question": "Are these suitable for beginners?", "answer": "Yes. A multipack is a sensible first purchase because new players often grip too hard and wear gloves faster. If you want the best golf glove for beginners, pick a size that fits snugly and keep a spare in the bag.", "source": "Men's Golf Gloves 5 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-gloves-5-pack/" }, { "question": "Can women or juniors wear these?", "answer": "These are listed as adult men's gloves in X-Large, so they will be too large for most women and juniors. Hand size matters more than anything, so anyone with a large hand could wear them. For smaller hands, look for a women's or junior fit.", "source": "Men's Golf Gloves 5 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-gloves-5-pack/" }, { "question": "What colour are they?", "answer": "They are white with a solid pattern. White is the traditional golf glove colour and shows wear clearly, which makes it easy to tell when one is past its best.", "source": "Men's Golf Gloves 5 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-gloves-5-pack/" }, { "question": "How much do they weigh?", "answer": "The item weight listed is 0.16 kg. That is the figure given in the maker's description and covers the packaged item as listed.", "source": "Men's Golf Gloves 5 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-gloves-5-pack/" }, { "question": "How do I wash them?", "answer": "Hand wash only, in cool water with a small amount of mild soap. Rinse, press gently in a towel, reshape while damp and air dry away from heat. Do not machine wash or tumble dry.", "source": "Men's Golf Gloves 5 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-gloves-5-pack/" }, { "question": "Can I put them in the dryer to speed things up?", "answer": "No. Heat stiffens and shrinks leather, and a glove that dries hard will never feel the same again. Air dry at room temperature, flat or loosely shaped.", "source": "Men's Golf Gloves 5 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-gloves-5-pack/" }, { "question": "How should I store the spares?", "answer": "Keep unused gloves in their individual bags, flat and out of direct sunlight. Avoid leaving them crumpled at the bottom of a golf bag or in a hot car boot. Stored properly, spares stay fresh until you need them.", "source": "Men's Golf Gloves 5 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-gloves-5-pack/" }, { "question": "Should I take the glove off between shots?", "answer": "Many players do, especially on hot days. Pulling it off while you walk lets air at both the glove and your hand, which slows down the damp, slick stage. It also stops the leather going stiff from constant sweat.", "source": "Men's Golf Gloves 5 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-gloves-5-pack/" }, { "question": "Do I need a glove at all?", "answer": "Not strictly, but most players grip better and get fewer blisters with one. A glove is most useful on full swings and least useful around the greens. Plenty of golfers remove it for putting.", "source": "Men's Golf Gloves 5 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-gloves-5-pack/" }, { "question": "Is there a warranty?", "answer": "The maker does not state a warranty period. Every product is covered by the Australian Consumer Law guarantees, and you can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Men's Golf Gloves 5 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-gloves-5-pack/" }, { "question": "Where are they made?", "answer": "The maker lists country of publication as China. A separate country of origin field is not specified by the maker.", "source": "Men's Golf Gloves 5 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-gloves-5-pack/" }, { "question": "How fast is delivery?", "answer": "We dispatch within 2 working days. Delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier, and remote and regional addresses may take longer. Working days leave out weekends and public holidays. Delivery is free on orders of $150 or more and a flat $15 under that.", "source": "Men's Golf Gloves 5 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-gloves-5-pack/" }, { "question": "Are these a good gift?", "answer": "They are one of the easier golf gifts to get right, because every regular player uses gloves and most never buy enough. Confirm size and glove hand first. A best golf glove gift set works well paired with tees or a towel.", "source": "Men's Golf Gloves 5 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-gloves-5-pack/" }, { "question": "Can I buy a different size or hand?", "answer": "This product covers the size and hand shown in the specifications. Availability of other sizes depends on current stock, so check the other options in the golf gloves category or ask us before ordering.", "source": "Men's Golf Gloves 5 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-gloves-5-pack/" }, { "question": "What if they are not right when they arrive?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Men's Golf Gloves 5 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-gloves-5-pack/" }, { "question": "Can I order a larger quantity for a club or event?", "answer": "Yes. Send the product, the quantity and your delivery postcode through our wholesale page and the team will confirm availability and a price. Sending an enquiry does not place an order.", "source": "Men's Golf Gloves 5 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-gloves-5-pack/" }, { "question": "Can I order a larger quantity for a club or event?", "answer": "Yes. Send the product, the quantity and your delivery postcode through our wholesale page and the team will confirm availability and a price. Sending an enquiry does not place an order.", "source": "Men's Golf Gloves 5 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mens-golf-gloves-5-pack/" }, { "question": "What exactly comes in this pack?", "answer": "You receive six golf gloves in one pack. All six are the same style and the same listed size, and each one is worn on the left hand. They are supplied as individual gloves, not as matched pairs.", "source": "Wet Weather Rain Grip Golf Gloves 6 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wet-weather-golf-gloves-6-pack/" }, { "question": "Are these gloves for a right-handed or left-handed golfer?", "answer": "They are worn on the left hand, which is the standard glove hand for a right-handed golfer. A left-handed golfer normally wears a glove on the right hand, so this particular pack would not suit that setup. Check the hand orientation before ordering if you are unsure.", "source": "Wet Weather Rain Grip Golf Gloves 6 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wet-weather-golf-gloves-6-pack/" }, { "question": "What size are the gloves in this pack?", "answer": "The maker lists the size as 25 = M/Large in black. That sits between a medium and a large in most golf glove ranges. If you are between sizes, measure your hand before ordering.", "source": "Wet Weather Rain Grip Golf Gloves 6 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wet-weather-golf-gloves-6-pack/" }, { "question": "What material are they made from?", "answer": "The listed material is polyester. That is a synthetic fabric, which is why it handles water better than untreated leather. No other material content is specified in the maker's description.", "source": "Wet Weather Rain Grip Golf Gloves 6 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wet-weather-golf-gloves-6-pack/" }, { "question": "Do rain grip golf gloves really work when it is pouring?", "answer": "Synthetic rain gloves are designed to keep friction on the grip once water is involved, which is the opposite of what happens to a wet leather glove. They will not keep your hands dry, but they help you hold the club without squeezing. That is the main thing people want from the best wet weather golf gloves.", "source": "Wet Weather Rain Grip Golf Gloves 6 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wet-weather-golf-gloves-6-pack/" }, { "question": "Should I wear one glove or two in the rain?", "answer": "Many golfers wear two in heavy rain so both hands have the same hold on the club. Because this pack contains six single left-hand gloves, you can double up by wearing two of them if that fits your hands. Most players still use one in light drizzle.", "source": "Wet Weather Rain Grip Golf Gloves 6 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wet-weather-golf-gloves-6-pack/" }, { "question": "Can I use these in hot weather rather than rain?", "answer": "Yes, and plenty of people do. Sweat makes a glove slick in much the same way rain does, so a lightweight mesh style glove is a sensible pick for humid rounds. Golfers searching for the best golf gloves for sweaty hands often land on this type.", "source": "Wet Weather Rain Grip Golf Gloves 6 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wet-weather-golf-gloves-6-pack/" }, { "question": "How does the closure work?", "answer": "There is a hook and loop tab at the wrist. You pull it to the tension you like and press it down, and it can be adjusted in a second between shots. It is easy to work even with wet or cold fingers.", "source": "Wet Weather Rain Grip Golf Gloves 6 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wet-weather-golf-gloves-6-pack/" }, { "question": "How much does one glove weigh?", "answer": "The listed item weight is 0.18 kg. That figure comes from the maker's description. On the hand the glove is described as lightweight.", "source": "Wet Weather Rain Grip Golf Gloves 6 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wet-weather-golf-gloves-6-pack/" }, { "question": "What colour are they?", "answer": "The listed colour is black. Black hides grass stains and mud better than a pale glove, which is useful if you are playing in wet conditions. No other colourway is specified in the maker's description.", "source": "Wet Weather Rain Grip Golf Gloves 6 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wet-weather-golf-gloves-6-pack/" }, { "question": "Why six gloves instead of one?", "answer": "A wet glove performs better after it has dried out, so rotating through several keeps you in fresh ones. Six also covers a full season of practice without constant reordering. If you share the bag with a playing partner of similar hand size, a six pack stretches further again.", "source": "Wet Weather Rain Grip Golf Gloves 6 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wet-weather-golf-gloves-6-pack/" }, { "question": "Are these suitable for beginners?", "answer": "Yes. A beginner tends to play in all sorts of weather and hits a lot of practice balls, so a multipack is practical. Many people looking for the best golf gloves for practice prefer a synthetic pack over a single premium leather glove.", "source": "Wet Weather Rain Grip Golf Gloves 6 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wet-weather-golf-gloves-6-pack/" }, { "question": "Will they fit under or over another glove?", "answer": "They are intended to be worn directly on the hand, not layered. If your hands get cold, a separate pair of mitts between shots is the usual answer. Doubling gloves on the same hand changes your feel for the club.", "source": "Wet Weather Rain Grip Golf Gloves 6 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wet-weather-golf-gloves-6-pack/" }, { "question": "How do I wash them?", "answer": "Hand wash only, in cool water with a small amount of mild soap. Do not machine wash, bleach or tumble dry. Squeeze gently rather than wringing, then reshape and air dry.", "source": "Wet Weather Rain Grip Golf Gloves 6 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wet-weather-golf-gloves-6-pack/" }, { "question": "Can I put them in the dryer to speed things up?", "answer": "No. Heat can stiffen synthetic fabric and damage the hook and loop tab. Air drying away from direct heat is slower but keeps the glove supple and sized correctly.", "source": "Wet Weather Rain Grip Golf Gloves 6 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wet-weather-golf-gloves-6-pack/" }, { "question": "How long will one glove last?", "answer": "That depends on how often you play, how hard you grip and how well you dry them out. Rotating through six and letting each one recover usually gives you far more rounds than hammering a single glove. The palm is the first area that wears.", "source": "Wet Weather Rain Grip Golf Gloves 6 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wet-weather-golf-gloves-6-pack/" }, { "question": "How should I store them in my bag?", "answer": "Lay them flat or fold them lightly in a side pocket rather than screwing them into a ball. A damp glove left crumpled will dry out hard and creased. Many golfers keep a small resealable bag for used ones and a separate spot for fresh gloves.", "source": "Wet Weather Rain Grip Golf Gloves 6 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wet-weather-golf-gloves-6-pack/" }, { "question": "Are these the same sizing as other golf brands?", "answer": "Golf glove sizing is broadly comparable across brands, but there is always some variation in cut. The listed size here is 25 = M/Large. If you are on the edge of a size, measure rather than assume.", "source": "Wet Weather Rain Grip Golf Gloves 6 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wet-weather-golf-gloves-6-pack/" }, { "question": "How do I measure my hand for a golf glove?", "answer": "Measure around the widest part of your palm, just below the knuckles, with the tape snug but not tight. You can also measure from the base of your palm to the tip of your middle finger. Compare both figures against a sizing chart before you choose.", "source": "Wet Weather Rain Grip Golf Gloves 6 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wet-weather-golf-gloves-6-pack/" }, { "question": "Should the glove feel tight when new?", "answer": "It should feel snug with no loose fabric across the palm, but you should still be able to close your hand without strain. A glove that bunches is too big, and one that restricts your fingers is too small. Synthetic gloves give a little less than leather.", "source": "Wet Weather Rain Grip Golf Gloves 6 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wet-weather-golf-gloves-6-pack/" }, { "question": "Can I wear them for anything other than golf?", "answer": "The listed sport is golf, and the cut is made for holding a club. Some people use similar gloves for driving range work or light yard tasks, but that is not what they are designed for. Treat golf as the intended use.", "source": "Wet Weather Rain Grip Golf Gloves 6 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wet-weather-golf-gloves-6-pack/" }, { "question": "Do they come individually wrapped?", "answer": "Packaging varies with the maker, but multipacks of this type are commonly bagged individually inside the outer pack. That keeps unused gloves clean until you need them. Packaging details are not guaranteed in the maker's description.", "source": "Wet Weather Rain Grip Golf Gloves 6 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wet-weather-golf-gloves-6-pack/" }, { "question": "Is there a left-handed version of this pack?", "answer": "This particular pack is left-hand wear only, for right-handed golfers. Availability of a mirrored version depends on the maker range at the time you order. Contact us before ordering if you need right-hand wear.", "source": "Wet Weather Rain Grip Golf Gloves 6 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wet-weather-golf-gloves-6-pack/" }, { "question": "Would this make a good gift?", "answer": "It is a practical gift for anyone who plays through winter or in a humid climate. The main thing to get right is hand size and glove hand. If you are unsure, a gift card is safer than guessing.", "source": "Wet Weather Rain Grip Golf Gloves 6 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wet-weather-golf-gloves-6-pack/" }, { "question": "Do these replace a leather glove completely?", "answer": "They are a different tool. Leather gives a certain feel in dry weather that many players prefer, while a synthetic rain glove holds up better once water is involved. A lot of golfers carry both and swap as conditions change.", "source": "Wet Weather Rain Grip Golf Gloves 6 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wet-weather-golf-gloves-6-pack/" }, { "question": "Are any certifications or standards listed?", "answer": "No certifications are specified in the maker's description. The information we have covers materials, size, weight, closure type and care. We do not claim anything beyond that.", "source": "Wet Weather Rain Grip Golf Gloves 6 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wet-weather-golf-gloves-6-pack/" }, { "question": "Where are they made?", "answer": "Country of origin is not specified by the maker. If origin matters to your purchase, ask us before ordering.", "source": "Wet Weather Rain Grip Golf Gloves 6 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wet-weather-golf-gloves-6-pack/" }, { "question": "How long does delivery take?", "answer": "We dispatch within 2 working days. Delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier, and remote and regional addresses may take longer. Working days leave out weekends and public holidays. Delivery is free on orders of $150 or more and a flat $15 under that.", "source": "Wet Weather Rain Grip Golf Gloves 6 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wet-weather-golf-gloves-6-pack/" }, { "question": "Can I return them if they do not fit?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Wet Weather Rain Grip Golf Gloves 6 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wet-weather-golf-gloves-6-pack/" }, { "question": "What if these are not the right gloves for me?", "answer": "Get in touch and tell us what went wrong, whether that is sizing, hand orientation or the feel of the material. We will help you work out whether a different size or a different style suits you better, or arrange a return if nothing in the range fits. Nobody benefits from a glove sitting unused in a bag.", "source": "Wet Weather Rain Grip Golf Gloves 6 Pack", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/wet-weather-golf-gloves-6-pack/" }, { "question": "What type of putter is this?", "answer": "It is a blade putter, which is the classic thin, compact head shape that sits low behind the ball. Blades are preferred by players who like a clean look at address and honest feedback on strike quality. This one is listed by the manufacturer as having a high forgiveness level for a blade.", "source": "Blade Golf Putter 34 Inch Right Handed", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/blade-golf-putter-right-handed/" }, { "question": "Is it right handed or left handed?", "answer": "This is a right handed golf putter. The head and lie angle are set up for a right handed stance, so a left handed player would not be able to use it properly. Check the hand orientation line in the specs before ordering if you are buying it as a gift.", "source": "Blade Golf Putter 34 Inch Right Handed", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/blade-golf-putter-right-handed/" }, { "question": "How long is the putter?", "answer": "It is 34 inches, which is the most common adult putter length. That length suits most men of average height and plenty of taller women too. If you normally putt with a 34 inch club, this will feel familiar straight away.", "source": "Blade Golf Putter 34 Inch Right Handed", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/blade-golf-putter-right-handed/" }, { "question": "What is the loft?", "answer": "The loft is 3 degrees. That small upward angle lifts the ball out of the slight depression it sits in on the green so it starts rolling forward sooner. Too little loft and the ball skids, too much and it hops, so three degrees sits in the usual range.", "source": "Blade Golf Putter 34 Inch Right Handed", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/blade-golf-putter-right-handed/" }, { "question": "What is the lie angle?", "answer": "The lie angle is 71 degrees. That is a standard figure for a putter of this length and means the sole should sit flat on the green when you address the ball in a normal posture. A flat sole helps you aim the face where you think you are aiming.", "source": "Blade Golf Putter 34 Inch Right Handed", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/blade-golf-putter-right-handed/" }, { "question": "What is the head made from?", "answer": "The head is alloy steel with a black finish. Alloy steel gives a firm, solid feel at impact and holds its shape over years of use. The head type is listed as non-slip.", "source": "Blade Golf Putter 34 Inch Right Handed", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/blade-golf-putter-right-handed/" }, { "question": "What is the shaft made from?", "answer": "The shaft is graphite with a regular flex. Graphite keeps the club light overall and feels a little softer in the hands than steel. If you are hunting for the best graphite shaft putter at a sensible price, this is the kind of build you are looking at.", "source": "Blade Golf Putter 34 Inch Right Handed", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/blade-golf-putter-right-handed/" }, { "question": "How much does it weigh?", "answer": "The total item weight is 540 g. That is the complete club, head, shaft and grip together. It is a comfortable weight for a putter and does not feel heavy to swing back and through.", "source": "Blade Golf Putter 34 Inch Right Handed", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/blade-golf-putter-right-handed/" }, { "question": "What kind of grip does it have?", "answer": "It has a standard size wrap style rubber grip. Wrap grips have a slightly textured, spiralled surface that gives your hands a bit of grab without feeling rough. Rubber holds up well in heat and humidity.", "source": "Blade Golf Putter 34 Inch Right Handed", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/blade-golf-putter-right-handed/" }, { "question": "Can I change the grip later?", "answer": "Yes, putter grips can be replaced by any club repair shop or pro shop, and plenty of golfers do it themselves with grip tape and solvent. Some players swap to an oversize or pistol grip to quiet the hands. The standard wrap fitted here suits most people as it comes.", "source": "Blade Golf Putter 34 Inch Right Handed", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/blade-golf-putter-right-handed/" }, { "question": "Is this suitable for a beginner?", "answer": "Yes. The long alignment line takes a lot of the guesswork out of aiming, which is the single biggest problem new golfers have on the green. If you are shopping for the best putter for beginners, a simple blade with clear alignment is a sound starting point.", "source": "Blade Golf Putter 34 Inch Right Handed", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/blade-golf-putter-right-handed/" }, { "question": "Is it good enough for an experienced player?", "answer": "Plenty of low handicappers still use blades because of the feedback and the clean look. The honest feel at impact tells you exactly where you struck the ball, which is useful if you practise with purpose. It is a practical second putter or a reliable gamer depending on your taste.", "source": "Blade Golf Putter 34 Inch Right Handed", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/blade-golf-putter-right-handed/" }, { "question": "What does the alignment line actually do?", "answer": "It is an extended line along the top of the head that you point at your intended start line. Setting the line square helps the face start the ball where you are aiming. Many golfers find their misses shrink simply because their aim improves.", "source": "Blade Golf Putter 34 Inch Right Handed", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/blade-golf-putter-right-handed/" }, { "question": "Does it come with a headcover?", "answer": "The included components are listed as the golf putter itself, one unit. Any additional accessories are not confirmed by the maker. We would suggest using a headcover regardless to protect the face in your bag.", "source": "Blade Golf Putter 34 Inch Right Handed", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/blade-golf-putter-right-handed/" }, { "question": "What are the dimensions of the item?", "answer": "The item dimensions are 92.7 cm long, 11.4 cm wide and 5.7 cm high. That reflects the club laid out at full length, so it fits a standard golf bag putter slot. The club length itself is 34 inches.", "source": "Blade Golf Putter 34 Inch Right Handed", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/blade-golf-putter-right-handed/" }, { "question": "What colour is it?", "answer": "The colour is listed as black. A darker head reduces glare on sunny days, which some players prefer when they are standing over a putt. The shaft and grip colours are not specified by the maker.", "source": "Blade Golf Putter 34 Inch Right Handed", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/blade-golf-putter-right-handed/" }, { "question": "Will this work on fast greens?", "answer": "Yes. Blade putters are generally well suited to firmer, quicker surfaces because the lighter head encourages a shorter, more controlled stroke. On very fast greens most of your work is in pace control, not the club.", "source": "Blade Golf Putter 34 Inch Right Handed", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/blade-golf-putter-right-handed/" }, { "question": "Can I use it on a practice mat at home?", "answer": "Absolutely. It works fine on indoor putting mats, carpet runs and artificial practice greens. If you are after the best putter for practice greens, keeping the same club you play with is the sensible approach so the feel carries over.", "source": "Blade Golf Putter 34 Inch Right Handed", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/blade-golf-putter-right-handed/" }, { "question": "What is a good stroke type for a blade putter?", "answer": "Blades tend to suit players with a slight arc in their stroke, where the face opens a touch going back and closes through impact. If your stroke is dead straight back and through, you may also get on with it, but mallets are often recommended for that style. It is worth trying both if you can.", "source": "Blade Golf Putter 34 Inch Right Handed", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/blade-golf-putter-right-handed/" }, { "question": "Does it suit a junior golfer?", "answer": "At 34 inches it is a full adult length, so it would be too long for most juniors. A younger player would need to choke well down the grip, which changes the feel. A shorter junior putter is a better fit for anyone under about five foot six.", "source": "Blade Golf Putter 34 Inch Right Handed", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/blade-golf-putter-right-handed/" }, { "question": "How do I know if 34 inches is right for me?", "answer": "Stand in your normal putting posture with your eyes over or just inside the ball and let your arms hang. If the grip sits comfortably in your hands with the sole flat on the ground, the length is right. Golfers around five foot nine to six foot one usually land on 34 inches.", "source": "Blade Golf Putter 34 Inch Right Handed", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/blade-golf-putter-right-handed/" }, { "question": "Can the length be shortened?", "answer": "A club technician can cut a graphite shaft down and refit the grip, though it does change the swing weight slightly. It is a common and inexpensive adjustment at most pro shops. We would not recommend doing it yourself without the right tools.", "source": "Blade Golf Putter 34 Inch Right Handed", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/blade-golf-putter-right-handed/" }, { "question": "How should I clean it?", "answer": "Wipe the head with a damp cloth after each round and dry it before putting it away. Use a soft brush on the face rather than anything abrasive. Wash the rubber grip occasionally with warm water and mild soap to bring the tack back.", "source": "Blade Golf Putter 34 Inch Right Handed", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/blade-golf-putter-right-handed/" }, { "question": "How should I store it?", "answer": "Keep it dry and keep a headcover on it in the bag so the face does not get knocked by irons. Avoid leaving it in a hot car boot for long stretches, as heat is hard on grips and adhesives. A standing bag rack or wall hook works well at home.", "source": "Blade Golf Putter 34 Inch Right Handed", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/blade-golf-putter-right-handed/" }, { "question": "Will the grip wear out?", "answer": "All rubber grips harden and lose tack eventually, usually after a couple of seasons of regular play. Regular cleaning slows it down a lot. When it starts feeling slick, a regrip is cheap and makes the club feel new again.", "source": "Blade Golf Putter 34 Inch Right Handed", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/blade-golf-putter-right-handed/" }, { "question": "Does it need any assembly?", "answer": "No. It arrives as a complete, ready to play club with the head, shaft and grip already fitted. Unwrap it, give the face a quick wipe and take it to the green.", "source": "Blade Golf Putter 34 Inch Right Handed", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/blade-golf-putter-right-handed/" }, { "question": "Is this a good gift for a golfer?", "answer": "It makes a solid gift if you know the recipient plays right handed and uses a standard length club. A classic blade is a safe choice because the shape has never really gone out of style. Add a headcover or a sleeve of balls and it presents nicely.", "source": "Blade Golf Putter 34 Inch Right Handed", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/blade-golf-putter-right-handed/" }, { "question": "How is it delivered?", "answer": "We dispatch within 2 working days. Delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier, and remote and regional addresses may take longer. Working days leave out weekends and public holidays. Delivery is free on orders of $150 or more and a flat $15 under that.", "source": "Blade Golf Putter 34 Inch Right Handed", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/blade-golf-putter-right-handed/" }, { "question": "What if I change my mind after it arrives?", "answer": "We dispatch within 2 working days. Delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier, and remote and regional addresses may take longer. Working days leave out weekends and public holidays. Delivery is free on orders of $150 or more and a flat $15 under that.", "source": "Blade Golf Putter 34 Inch Right Handed", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/blade-golf-putter-right-handed/" }, { "question": "What if it is not right for me when it arrives?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Blade Golf Putter 34 Inch Right Handed", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/blade-golf-putter-right-handed/" }, { "question": "What type of putter is this?", "answer": "It is a mallet putter, which means the head is larger and extends further back from the face than a traditional blade. That extra mass spread wide and rearward gives it a high moment of inertia. The result is a head that twists less on strikes away from the centre.", "source": "Mallet Golf Putter with Alignment Guide (34 Inch, Right Hand)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mallet-golf-putter/" }, { "question": "How long is the putter?", "answer": "The listed length is 34 inches. That is one of the two most common adult putter lengths and suits many golfers of average height. If you set up with your eyes over the ball and your arms hanging naturally, 34 inches is a sensible starting point.", "source": "Mallet Golf Putter with Alignment Guide (34 Inch, Right Hand)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mallet-golf-putter/" }, { "question": "Is this a right handed or left handed putter?", "answer": "The hand orientation is right. A left handed golfer would not be able to use it comfortably, because the face and the hosel are built for a right handed setup. Check your dominant putting side before ordering.", "source": "Mallet Golf Putter with Alignment Guide (34 Inch, Right Hand)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mallet-golf-putter/" }, { "question": "What loft does the face have?", "answer": "The loft is 3 degrees. A small amount of loft helps the ball lift out of the tiny depression it sits in on the green and begin rolling forward rather than bouncing. Three degrees is a standard figure for putters.", "source": "Mallet Golf Putter with Alignment Guide (34 Inch, Right Hand)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mallet-golf-putter/" }, { "question": "What is the lie angle?", "answer": "The lie angle is 71 degrees. That is the angle between the shaft and the sole when the putter sits flat on the ground. A 71 degree lie is close to the middle of the normal range and works for most standard setups.", "source": "Mallet Golf Putter with Alignment Guide (34 Inch, Right Hand)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mallet-golf-putter/" }, { "question": "What is the head and shaft made from?", "answer": "Both the head and the shaft are stainless steel. Steel transmits feedback clearly, so you can feel where on the face you struck the ball. It is also durable and easy to keep clean.", "source": "Mallet Golf Putter with Alignment Guide (34 Inch, Right Hand)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mallet-golf-putter/" }, { "question": "Does it have an alignment aid?", "answer": "Yes. There is a single bold alignment line in a contrasting colour on the crown of the head. You line that mark up with your intended start line, then set the ball on it. That is the core of the golf putter with alignment guide design.", "source": "Mallet Golf Putter with Alignment Guide (34 Inch, Right Hand)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mallet-golf-putter/" }, { "question": "How does the alignment line actually help?", "answer": "Most aim errors happen because the eye struggles to judge a square face from above. A long contrasting line gives your eye something clear to match against the target. Over a round it trims the small misses that stop balls catching the edge of the hole.", "source": "Mallet Golf Putter with Alignment Guide (34 Inch, Right Hand)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mallet-golf-putter/" }, { "question": "Will this suit a beginner?", "answer": "It is a reasonable choice for a newer player. The high forgiveness rating and the visible aim line make it one of the easier styles to get on with, which is why a high MOI putter is often recommended for people still building a stroke. You do not need any special technique to use it.", "source": "Mallet Golf Putter with Alignment Guide (34 Inch, Right Hand)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mallet-golf-putter/" }, { "question": "Is it also suitable for an experienced golfer?", "answer": "Yes. Plenty of low handicappers use mallets for the stability and the aiming help. If you already putt well with a blade you may prefer the feel of that, but a forgiving golf putter earns its place for anyone who wants more consistency on mishits.", "source": "Mallet Golf Putter with Alignment Guide (34 Inch, Right Hand)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mallet-golf-putter/" }, { "question": "What grip does it come with?", "answer": "It has a standard size grip made from textured synthetic rubber. The texture helps your hands stay put when conditions are wet or warm. Standard size suits most hands without feeling bulky.", "source": "Mallet Golf Putter with Alignment Guide (34 Inch, Right Hand)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mallet-golf-putter/" }, { "question": "Can I change the grip later?", "answer": "Yes, putter grips can be replaced by a club repair shop or a pro shop with a grip station. Some golfers switch to a thicker grip to quieten wrist action. The shaft here is a standard steel putter shaft, so regripping is straightforward.", "source": "Mallet Golf Putter with Alignment Guide (34 Inch, Right Hand)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mallet-golf-putter/" }, { "question": "What flex is the shaft?", "answer": "The flex is listed as regular. Putter shafts flex very little by design, so the figure matters less here than it would in an iron or a driver. The stepped steel construction is intended to limit torque through the stroke.", "source": "Mallet Golf Putter with Alignment Guide (34 Inch, Right Hand)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mallet-golf-putter/" }, { "question": "What does high MOI mean in plain terms?", "answer": "MOI stands for moment of inertia, which is how strongly the head resists twisting. A high figure means a heel or toe strike turns the face less than it would on a smaller head. In practice your ball holds a straighter line on imperfect contacts.", "source": "Mallet Golf Putter with Alignment Guide (34 Inch, Right Hand)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mallet-golf-putter/" }, { "question": "Does a mallet suit a straight back and through stroke?", "answer": "Generally yes. Mallet heads are often favoured by golfers whose stroke moves close to straight back and straight through, which is why many look for a golf putter for straight back stroke in this shape. If your stroke has a strong arc you may still get on with it, but test the feel.", "source": "Mallet Golf Putter with Alignment Guide (34 Inch, Right Hand)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mallet-golf-putter/" }, { "question": "What colour is it?", "answer": "The finish is black. A darker head reduces glare in bright sun and makes the contrasting alignment line stand out more clearly against the crown.", "source": "Mallet Golf Putter with Alignment Guide (34 Inch, Right Hand)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mallet-golf-putter/" }, { "question": "Does it come with a headcover?", "answer": "The included components are listed as one golf putter only. No headcover is listed in the maker's description. A separate headcover is worth adding to protect the face from knocks in the bag.", "source": "Mallet Golf Putter with Alignment Guide (34 Inch, Right Hand)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mallet-golf-putter/" }, { "question": "How heavy is the putter?", "answer": "The product weight is not specified by the maker, so we do not quote a figure. Mallet heads are typically heavier than blades, which many golfers find helps them keep the stroke smooth. If exact weight matters to you, contact us before ordering.", "source": "Mallet Golf Putter with Alignment Guide (34 Inch, Right Hand)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mallet-golf-putter/" }, { "question": "What are the packaged dimensions?", "answer": "Packaged dimensions are not specified by the maker. The club itself is 34 inches long, so the box will be longer than that. We can check shipping details for you if you need them in advance.", "source": "Mallet Golf Putter with Alignment Guide (34 Inch, Right Hand)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mallet-golf-putter/" }, { "question": "Who makes it?", "answer": " Quote that number if you ever need to identify the exact club.", "source": "Mallet Golf Putter with Alignment Guide (34 Inch, Right Hand)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mallet-golf-putter/" }, { "question": "Is a 34 inch putter right for my height?", "answer": "As a rough guide, many golfers between about 1.75m and 1.85m settle comfortably on a 34 inch putter, though posture matters more than height alone. Set up to a ball and see whether your eyes sit over or just inside it. A 34 inch putter can also be shortened by a club fitter if needed.", "source": "Mallet Golf Putter with Alignment Guide (34 Inch, Right Hand)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mallet-golf-putter/" }, { "question": "Can it be used on practice greens and putting mats?", "answer": "Yes. A steel head works fine on real greens, practice greens and indoor mats. Many people buy a second putter as a putter for practice green work so the gamer stays clean. Just wipe it down if you use it outdoors in the wet.", "source": "Mallet Golf Putter with Alignment Guide (34 Inch, Right Hand)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mallet-golf-putter/" }, { "question": "How do I clean the putter?", "answer": "Wipe the head with a damp cloth after play and dry it with a towel. Use a soft brush on the face if grass or sand has packed into the surface. Avoid harsh solvents, which can dull the finish.", "source": "Mallet Golf Putter with Alignment Guide (34 Inch, Right Hand)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mallet-golf-putter/" }, { "question": "How do I look after the grip?", "answer": "Wash it occasionally with warm water and a little mild soap, then rinse and let it air dry. A textured rubber putter grip picks up skin oils over time and gets slick, and cleaning restores most of the tack. Replace it when the texture has worn smooth.", "source": "Mallet Golf Putter with Alignment Guide (34 Inch, Right Hand)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mallet-golf-putter/" }, { "question": "Should I store it in the car?", "answer": "It is better not to. Repeated heat cycles in a car boot can dry out the grip and dull adhesives. Store the putter indoors in your bag, ideally with a headcover on.", "source": "Mallet Golf Putter with Alignment Guide (34 Inch, Right Hand)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mallet-golf-putter/" }, { "question": "Will it rust?", "answer": "Stainless steel resists rust well, but no steel is immune if left wet for long periods. Dry the head and shaft after a damp round and store it somewhere dry. That simple habit is usually all a stainless steel putter needs.", "source": "Mallet Golf Putter with Alignment Guide (34 Inch, Right Hand)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mallet-golf-putter/" }, { "question": "Does it make a good gift?", "answer": "It does. A black mallet putter with a clear aim line is a safe gift for a right handed golfer, because 34 inches and standard grip size fit a wide range of people. Many shoppers look for a putter gift for golfers that does not need custom fitting, and this fits that brief.", "source": "Mallet Golf Putter with Alignment Guide (34 Inch, Right Hand)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mallet-golf-putter/" }, { "question": "How quickly will it be delivered?", "answer": "We dispatch within 2 working days. Delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier, and remote and regional addresses may take longer. Working days leave out weekends and public holidays. Delivery is free on orders of $150 or more and a flat $15 under that.", "source": "Mallet Golf Putter with Alignment Guide (34 Inch, Right Hand)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mallet-golf-putter/" }, { "question": "Can I return it if I change my mind?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Mallet Golf Putter with Alignment Guide (34 Inch, Right Hand)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mallet-golf-putter/" }, { "question": "What if it is not right for me when it arrives?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Mallet Golf Putter with Alignment Guide (34 Inch, Right Hand)", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/mallet-golf-putter/" }, { "question": "What does this rangefinder actually do?", "answer": "It fires a laser at a target, times the reflection, and shows you the distance. You aim at a flag, a bunker lip or a tree, press the button, and read the number. It replaces pacing out sprinkler heads and guessing.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Pin Seeker and Slope Mode", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-pin-seeker/" }, { "question": "How far can it measure?", "answer": "The stated measuring range is 600 metres. In practice golf targets sit well inside that, so the range gives you headroom rather than something you will use every hole. Reflective targets read more reliably at distance than dark, soft ones.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Pin Seeker and Slope Mode", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-pin-seeker/" }, { "question": "What is pin seeker and why does it matter?", "answer": "Pin seeker is targeting logic that favours the nearest small object in the frame, which on a golf course is usually the flagstick. Without it, a laser can lock onto the trees behind the green and hand you a number ten or twenty metres too long. It is the single feature that separates the best pin seeker rangefinder units from basic laser meters.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Pin Seeker and Slope Mode", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-pin-seeker/" }, { "question": "What does slope mode do?", "answer": "Slope mode measures the elevation change between you and the target and gives you an adjusted play-as distance. An uphill shot plays longer than the flat number, a downhill shot plays shorter. It saves you doing the maths in your head.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Pin Seeker and Slope Mode", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-pin-seeker/" }, { "question": "Can slope be turned off?", "answer": "Yes. Slope is a switchable function on this model, which is exactly what you want in the best rangefinder with slope. Many competition formats do not permit distance-compensating devices, so turning it off keeps the unit usable in those events.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Pin Seeker and Slope Mode", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-pin-seeker/" }, { "question": "Is it legal for tournament play?", "answer": "With slope switched off, a plain laser distance reading is permitted under most common competition formats. Rules do vary by governing body and by the conditions of a specific event, so check the local rule sheet before you tee off. The ability to disable slope is what makes a tournament legal rangefinder setup possible.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Pin Seeker and Slope Mode", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-pin-seeker/" }, { "question": "What magnification does it have?", "answer": "It uses 6x optics with multi-coated glass. That is enough to pull a distant flag into clear view while still being steady in one hand. Higher magnification sounds appealing but amplifies hand shake, so 6x is a sensible balance for a best 6x magnification rangefinder.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Pin Seeker and Slope Mode", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-pin-seeker/" }, { "question": "How many modes are there?", "answer": "Three measuring modes are listed, including the slope function. Modes typically cover standard distance, flag targeting and slope-adjusted reading. You cycle through them with the buttons on the housing.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Pin Seeker and Slope Mode", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-pin-seeker/" }, { "question": "Does it come with a battery?", "answer": "No. It takes a single CR2 lithium battery, and batteries are not included with the unit. Pick one up at the same time so you are not stuck on the first tee.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Pin Seeker and Slope Mode", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-pin-seeker/" }, { "question": "How long does a CR2 battery last?", "answer": "Battery life depends on how many readings you take per round and how long the display stays lit. CR2 cells are common in laser optics because they hold charge well in cold weather. Carry a spare in the bag pocket if you play several rounds a week.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Pin Seeker and Slope Mode", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-pin-seeker/" }, { "question": "Is it waterproof?", "answer": "It carries an IP54 rating, which covers dust ingress and splashing water from any direction. Rain, dew and a wet towel are fine. It is not rated for submersion, so do not fish it out of a water hazard and expect it to carry on.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Pin Seeker and Slope Mode", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-pin-seeker/" }, { "question": "What is it made from?", "answer": "The housing is ABS plastic with rubber armour. ABS gives the structure, the rubber adds grip and absorbs knocks. It is the usual combination for sports optics that live in a bag.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Pin Seeker and Slope Mode", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-pin-seeker/" }, { "question": "How big and heavy is it?", "answer": "The unit measures 11.4 x 3.8 x 7.6 cm and weighs about 0.16 kg, listed as 5.78 ounces. That is small enough for a jacket pocket and light enough that you forget it is there. Compact size is a real advantage if you walk your rounds.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Pin Seeker and Slope Mode", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-pin-seeker/" }, { "question": "Can I use it one-handed?", "answer": "Yes. The shape and button layout are set up so you can hold, aim and fire with one hand while the other keeps hold of a club or a trolley handle. That is one of the small things that makes the best one hand rangefinder designs pleasant to use.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Pin Seeker and Slope Mode", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-pin-seeker/" }, { "question": "Will it work for disc golf?", "answer": "The listed sport types include disc golf as well as golf. The same laser principle applies, you are just aiming at a basket instead of a flag. Metal baskets reflect well, which helps.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Pin Seeker and Slope Mode", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-pin-seeker/" }, { "question": "Does it work in bright sunlight?", "answer": "The display is a large high-contrast LCD, which is designed to stay readable under strong light. Shading the eyepiece with your hand helps in extreme glare, as it does with any optical device. Low light is generally easier to read than full midday sun.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Pin Seeker and Slope Mode", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-pin-seeker/" }, { "question": "Do I need a clear line of sight?", "answer": "Yes. A laser cannot see through branches, netting or heavy fog, and anything in the beam path can return a false reading. Step to one side if a tree is partly blocking the flag. This is true of every laser rangefinder, not just this one.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Pin Seeker and Slope Mode", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-pin-seeker/" }, { "question": "How steady do I need to hold it?", "answer": "Steadier than you might think at 6x, but not dramatically so. Rest your elbows against your chest, breathe out, then press. If a reading looks wrong, take a second one and compare.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Pin Seeker and Slope Mode", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-pin-seeker/" }, { "question": "Is this suitable for a beginner?", "answer": "It is. You do not need to understand the technology to benefit from it, you just point and read. Knowing your real distances early on builds much better club selection habits, which is why it works well as a best rangefinder for beginners.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Pin Seeker and Slope Mode", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-pin-seeker/" }, { "question": "Will it help a low handicapper too?", "answer": "Yes, in a different way. Better players already know roughly how far things are, but they use precise numbers to pick landing areas, lay-up spots and carry distances over hazards. Slope is where the extra detail shows up most.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Pin Seeker and Slope Mode", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-pin-seeker/" }, { "question": "Does it have a magnet for golf carts?", "answer": "Magnetic cart mounting is not listed by the maker. If that feature matters to you, check the listed specifications before ordering rather than assuming it is present.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Pin Seeker and Slope Mode", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-pin-seeker/" }, { "question": "What is in the box?", "answer": "The exact packaged contents are not fully specified in the maker's description. The unit itself is supplied, and batteries are listed as not included. Treat any carry case, lanyard or cloth as something to confirm rather than assume.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Pin Seeker and Slope Mode", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-pin-seeker/" }, { "question": "How do I clean the lenses?", "answer": "Use a soft microfibre cloth and, if needed, a cleaner made for coated optics. Avoid paper towel, shirt fabric or household glass spray, all of which can scratch or strip the coating. Blow loose grit off first so you are not dragging it across the glass.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Pin Seeker and Slope Mode", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-pin-seeker/" }, { "question": "How should I store it between rounds?", "answer": "Keep it in a case or a padded bag pocket so the lenses stay clean and protected. If it will sit unused for months, take the battery out so it cannot leak. Store somewhere dry rather than in a hot car boot.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Pin Seeker and Slope Mode", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-pin-seeker/" }, { "question": "Will it survive being dropped?", "answer": "The rubber-armoured ABS shell is built to handle normal knocks in a golf bag. No optical device is drop-proof, so treat a hard fall onto concrete as something worth checking afterwards. Taking a test reading at a known distance is a quick way to confirm it is fine.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Pin Seeker and Slope Mode", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-pin-seeker/" }, { "question": "Does it work in the rain?", "answer": "An IP54 rating covers splashing water, so light to moderate rain is not a problem. Wipe the front lens between shots, because a water droplet on the glass is more likely to spoil a reading than the rain itself. Dry the body properly afterwards.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Pin Seeker and Slope Mode", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-pin-seeker/" }, { "question": "Can I use it in cold weather?", "answer": "Lithium CR2 cells handle cold better than alkaline, which is one reason they are used in optics. Very cold conditions can slow an LCD slightly, and condensation can form if you bring a cold unit straight into a warm room. Let it adjust gradually.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Pin Seeker and Slope Mode", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-pin-seeker/" }, { "question": "Is this a good gift for a golfer?", "answer": "It is one of the safer gifts you can buy a golfer, because unlike clubs it does not depend on their swing, grip size or preference. It arrives ready to use once a CR2 battery is fitted. That makes it a strong best rangefinder gift for golfers option.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Pin Seeker and Slope Mode", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-pin-seeker/" }, { "question": "What warranty applies?", "answer": "A one year warranty is listed with this product. Keep your order confirmation, since proof of purchase is normally required for any claim. Country-specific consumer rights apply on top of the manufacturer warranty.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Pin Seeker and Slope Mode", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-pin-seeker/" }, { "question": "What if it is not right for me?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Pin Seeker and Slope Mode", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-pin-seeker/" }, { "question": "What exactly is a golf rangefinder with slope?", "answer": "It is a handheld laser device that measures how far you are from a target, usually the flag. The slope function adds or subtracts yardage based on whether the green is above or below you, giving you a \"plays like\" number instead of a flat line-of-sight figure.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Slope", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-7x/" }, { "question": "How far can this rangefinder measure?", "answer": "The stated range is 5 to 1200 yards. In practice you will rarely need anything past 300, but the extra reach helps when you are sighting a distant tree line or a tee marker on a long par five.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Slope", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-7x/" }, { "question": "How accurate is it?", "answer": "Accuracy is quoted at 0.5 yards. That is well inside the margin of a golf swing, so the number is not the limiting factor in your approach shots.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Slope", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-7x/" }, { "question": "Can I use it in a competition round?", "answer": "Yes, as long as you switch the slope function off. The slope switch exists for exactly this reason, and most committees permit a laser golf rangefinder with slope disabled. Check your local rules before teeing off.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Slope", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-7x/" }, { "question": "How do I know slope is switched off?", "answer": "The device has a dedicated slope switch and the display indicates the active mode. Make a habit of checking it on the first tee the same way you check your scorecard.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Slope", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-7x/" }, { "question": "What does flag lock do?", "answer": "It picks the pin out of the background so you are not accidentally reading the trees behind the green. When the unit confirms the lock, it vibrates in your hand, which is quicker to register than watching the screen.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Slope", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-7x/" }, { "question": "What are the six measurement modes?", "answer": "Slope compensation, golf flag locking, horizontal and height ranging, speed measurement, and continuous scan. You cycle between them with a short press of the button.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Slope", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-7x/" }, { "question": "What is continuous scan used for?", "answer": "You hold the button and sweep across the hole, and the distance updates live. It is handy for checking the carry over a bunker, the front edge, the back edge and the pin in one motion.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Slope", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-7x/" }, { "question": "What does the speed mode measure?", "answer": "It reads the speed of a moving object in km/h or mp/h. Golfers mostly use it for fun, though some use it on the range to gauge ball speed in a rough way.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Slope", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-7x/" }, { "question": "What magnification does it have?", "answer": "Seven times. That is strong enough to make a distant flag clearly visible without the image shaking too much in a normal hand grip.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Slope", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-7x/" }, { "question": "Is the display easy to read in bright sun?", "answer": "It uses a transflective LCD, which is designed to stay legible in direct light rather than washing out. This is one of the practical differences between a good flag lock rangefinder and a budget one.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Slope", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-7x/" }, { "question": "Does it show yards or metres?", "answer": "Both. You can switch the reading between yards and metres to suit how you think about distance.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Slope", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-7x/" }, { "question": "How is it powered?", "answer": "It has a built-in rechargeable lithium battery, included. You charge it over USB-C from a 5V/2A source, and there is a power level display so you can see what is left.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Slope", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-7x/" }, { "question": "How long does a charge last?", "answer": "The manufacturer does not state a per-charge round count in the maker's description. As a general rule, topping it up after every few rounds keeps you well clear of running flat mid-round.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Slope", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-7x/" }, { "question": "Can I charge it from a power bank?", "answer": "Yes. Any standard USB-C output at 5V/2A will work, including a power bank, a car charger or a laptop port.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Slope", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-7x/" }, { "question": "Is it waterproof?", "answer": "It carries an IP54 rating, which covers dust and splashing water. It will handle rain and morning dew on the cart, but it is not built for submersion, so do not rinse it under a tap or leave it in a puddle.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Slope", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-7x/" }, { "question": "What is the magnetic strip for?", "answer": "It lets you stick the rangefinder to metal surfaces such as the cart frame or a club shaft, so it is within reach between shots. A magnetic golf rangefinder saves a lot of pocket fumbling.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Slope", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-7x/" }, { "question": "Does it come with a belt clip?", "answer": "Yes, a magnetic belt clip is included, which suits walkers who carry or push their bag rather than riding.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Slope", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-7x/" }, { "question": "How big is it and how heavy?", "answer": "It measures 11.5 x 4.5 x 7.4 cm and the item weight is listed at 0.4 lb. That is a compact golf rangefinder you can hold comfortably in one hand.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Slope", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-7x/" }, { "question": "What colour is it?", "answer": "Black, with a plastic body.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Slope", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-7x/" }, { "question": "Is this suitable for a beginner?", "answer": "Very much so. A golf rangefinder for beginners does more good than most equipment upgrades, because knowing your real distances teaches you what each club actually does. Start with slope on during practice to learn how elevation changes play.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Slope", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-7x/" }, { "question": "Will it help a low handicapper?", "answer": "Yes. Better players tend to use it for front-edge and back-edge numbers rather than just the pin, which is where continuous scan earns its keep.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Slope", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-7x/" }, { "question": "Can I use it for other sports or hunting?", "answer": "It is built and marketed as a golf distance measuring device with flag lock. The laser will read other targets, but the modes and the flag-seeking behaviour are tuned for golf.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Slope", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-7x/" }, { "question": "Do I need a tripod or anything else?", "answer": "No. It is handheld. If your hands are unsteady, resting your elbows on a cart rail or a bag strap helps hold the reticle still.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Slope", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-7x/" }, { "question": "How do I keep it in good condition?", "answer": "Clean the lenses with a microfibre cloth only, wipe the body with a slightly damp cloth, and dry it before storing. Keep some charge in the battery if it is going to sit unused.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Slope", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-7x/" }, { "question": "What is in the box?", "answer": "The laser rangefinder itself, with the magnetic strip and belt clip accessories noted in the product features. Batteries are included in the form of the built-in rechargeable cell.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Slope", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-7x/" }, { "question": "Is there a warranty?", "answer": "The maker does not state a warranty period. Every product is covered by the Australian Consumer Law guarantees, and you can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Slope", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-7x/" }, { "question": "How long will delivery take?", "answer": "We dispatch within 2 working days. Delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier, and remote and regional addresses may take longer. Working days leave out weekends and public holidays. Delivery is free on orders of $150 or more and a flat $15 under that.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Slope", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-7x/" }, { "question": "Does this make a good gift?", "answer": "It is one of the safer golf gift ideas, because a rechargeable golf rangefinder is useful to almost any golfer regardless of handicap, and there is no sizing to get wrong.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Slope", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-7x/" }, { "question": "What if it is not right for me?", "answer": "If the unit arrives damaged, faulty or simply is not what you expected, we will walk you through a return or replacement under our returns policy and the 2 year warranty. You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Laser Golf Rangefinder with Slope", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-7x/" }, { "question": "What does the slope switch actually do?", "answer": "It turns angle compensation on and off. With slope on, the rangefinder measures the vertical angle to the target and shows you an adjusted playing distance for uphill or downhill shots. With it off, you only see straight-line distance.", "source": "Golf Rangefinder with Slope Switch and Flag Lock", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-switch/" }, { "question": "Why would I ever turn slope off?", "answer": "Most competition formats do not allow distance-measuring devices to give slope-adjusted readings. A physical switch lets you disable the feature for a tournament round and prove it at a glance. Check with your club or governing body for the exact local rule.", "source": "Golf Rangefinder with Slope Switch and Flag Lock", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-switch/" }, { "question": "How far can this laser golf rangefinder measure?", "answer": "Up to 660 yards, which is 600 metres. That covers every shot on a golf course with plenty of margin, and makes it useful for general outdoor measuring too.", "source": "Golf Rangefinder with Slope Switch and Flag Lock", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-switch/" }, { "question": "How far does flag lock work?", "answer": "Flagpole locking is quoted up to 200 yards. Beyond that you can still take a reading, but the pin becomes a very small target and you may be measuring something behind it.", "source": "Golf Rangefinder with Slope Switch and Flag Lock", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-switch/" }, { "question": "How does flag lock avoid reading the trees behind the green?", "answer": "You hold the measure button and sweep slowly across the green. The unit scans continuously and locks onto the nearest returned target, which is the flagstick rather than the background. It is a quick habit to learn.", "source": "Golf Rangefinder with Slope Switch and Flag Lock", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-switch/" }, { "question": "What magnification does it have?", "answer": "6x, through a multi-coated lens. That is standard for a good laser rangefinder for golf and gives you enough reach to pick out a pin without the image shaking too much when handheld.", "source": "Golf Rangefinder with Slope Switch and Flag Lock", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-switch/" }, { "question": "Can I use it if I wear glasses?", "answer": "Yes. There is dioptre adjustment, listed at plus or minus 5D, so you can focus the eyepiece to your own vision. Many users find they can leave their glasses on or take them off once it is dialled in.", "source": "Golf Rangefinder with Slope Switch and Flag Lock", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-switch/" }, { "question": "How accurate is it?", "answer": "The stated accuracy is plus or minus 0.5 metres, around 0.55 yards. For club selection on a golf course that is far tighter than you need.", "source": "Golf Rangefinder with Slope Switch and Flag Lock", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-switch/" }, { "question": "What battery does it take?", "answer": "A lithium CR2 battery, and one is included. CR2 cells are easy to find online and in electronics shops, and a spare in the bag is a sensible habit for anyone using a best golf rangefinder with slope regularly.", "source": "Golf Rangefinder with Slope Switch and Flag Lock", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-switch/" }, { "question": "How long does a battery last?", "answer": "Battery life depends on how many readings you take per round and the ambient temperature. Cold weather shortens any lithium cell's output, so carry a spare for winter golf.", "source": "Golf Rangefinder with Slope Switch and Flag Lock", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-switch/" }, { "question": "Is it waterproof?", "answer": "It is water resistant, rated IPX4. That covers rain and spray. Do not submerge it, leave it in a puddle, or rinse it under a tap.", "source": "Golf Rangefinder with Slope Switch and Flag Lock", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-switch/" }, { "question": "How heavy is it?", "answer": "168 grams. It sits comfortably in a trouser pocket and will not drag on your bag's accessory pouch.", "source": "Golf Rangefinder with Slope Switch and Flag Lock", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-switch/" }, { "question": "What size is it?", "answer": "11 x 3.8 x 6.5 cm. That is genuinely pocket size, which is part of why it works well as a lightweight golf rangefinder for walkers.", "source": "Golf Rangefinder with Slope Switch and Flag Lock", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-switch/" }, { "question": "What is it made of?", "answer": "The housing is rubber over the body, giving a non-slip grip in damp hands. The colour is black.", "source": "Golf Rangefinder with Slope Switch and Flag Lock", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-switch/" }, { "question": "Can I use it for hunting as well?", "answer": "Yes, it is listed for golf and hunting. The long measuring range and angle mode are useful in the field, and the compact body carries easily.", "source": "Golf Rangefinder with Slope Switch and Flag Lock", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-switch/" }, { "question": "Does it measure speed?", "answer": "Yes. There is a speed mode with a range of 18 to 300 km/h, which is why it also gets used for general outdoor and sporting measurement.", "source": "Golf Rangefinder with Slope Switch and Flag Lock", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-switch/" }, { "question": "Can it measure angles on their own?", "answer": "Yes. Alongside distance and speed, there is an angle measurement mode. On a golf course that is mainly useful for understanding how severe an elevation change really is.", "source": "Golf Rangefinder with Slope Switch and Flag Lock", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-switch/" }, { "question": "Is it hard to use for a beginner?", "answer": "Not at all. There is a mode button to cycle modes and a measure button to take a reading. Most people are comfortable with it inside one round, which makes it a reasonable beginner golf rangefinder.", "source": "Golf Rangefinder with Slope Switch and Flag Lock", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-switch/" }, { "question": "Do I need to steady it against something?", "answer": "At short range, no. Past 200 yards, resting your elbows on your chest or bracing against a bag or cart will make the picture much steadier and the lock quicker.", "source": "Golf Rangefinder with Slope Switch and Flag Lock", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-switch/" }, { "question": "Will it work in fog or heavy rain?", "answer": "Laser rangefinders rely on light returning from the target, so heavy rain, fog and very low light will shorten effective range. The unit will usually still read closer targets fine.", "source": "Golf Rangefinder with Slope Switch and Flag Lock", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-switch/" }, { "question": "Does it come with a case?", "answer": "The included components are listed as the golf rangefinder. Carry pouches are commonly supplied with this model, but we only confirm what the maker states.", "source": "Golf Rangefinder with Slope Switch and Flag Lock", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-switch/" }, { "question": "What warranty does it carry?", "answer": "The maker does not state a warranty period. Every product is covered by the Australian Consumer Law guarantees, and you can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Golf Rangefinder with Slope Switch and Flag Lock", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-switch/" }, { "question": "How do I clean the lens?", "answer": "Blow off loose grit first, then wipe gently with a clean microfibre cloth. Never use a shirt tail, paper towel or household glass cleaner, as those scratch and strip coatings.", "source": "Golf Rangefinder with Slope Switch and Flag Lock", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-switch/" }, { "question": "How should I store it between rounds?", "answer": "In a soft pouch or padded pocket, out of direct heat. Do not leave it in a car on a hot day, and take the battery out if it will sit unused for several months.", "source": "Golf Rangefinder with Slope Switch and Flag Lock", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-switch/" }, { "question": "Is the laser safe?", "answer": "The product is described as a Class 1 laser, which is the safest class. As with any optical device, do not aim it at people's eyes or at reflective surfaces deliberately.", "source": "Golf Rangefinder with Slope Switch and Flag Lock", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-switch/" }, { "question": "Does it work on a driving range?", "answer": "Yes, and that is one of the most useful places for it. Measuring to the range markers tells you your real carry numbers with each club, which is the whole point of owning a slope switch rangefinder.", "source": "Golf Rangefinder with Slope Switch and Flag Lock", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-switch/" }, { "question": "Is this a good gift for a golfer?", "answer": "It is one of the safest gifts you can buy a regular player, because almost nobody has too many yardage tools and the slope feature appeals to improvers. The compact size makes it easy to wrap.", "source": "Golf Rangefinder with Slope Switch and Flag Lock", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-switch/" }, { "question": "What is shipping and delivery like?", "answer": "We dispatch within 2 working days. Delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier, and remote and regional addresses may take longer. Working days leave out weekends and public holidays. Delivery is free on orders of $150 or more and a flat $15 under that.", "source": "Golf Rangefinder with Slope Switch and Flag Lock", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-switch/" }, { "question": "Can I return it if I change my mind?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Golf Rangefinder with Slope Switch and Flag Lock", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-switch/" }, { "question": "What if it is not right for me when it arrives?", "answer": "If it genuinely is not the right rangefinder for you, we will arrange a return or replacement under our returns policy and the two-year warranty. You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Golf Rangefinder with Slope Switch and Flag Lock", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-rangefinder-slope-switch/" }, { "question": "What is a dual turf golf hitting mat?", "answer": "It is a practice mat with two different turf surfaces built into one piece. One area has a longer grass pile that mimics light rough, and the other has a short, tight pile closer to fairway height. You move between them depending on whether you are chipping or making full swings.", "source": "Dual Turf Golf Hitting Mat with Rubber Ball Tray", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/dual-turf-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "How big is this golf hitting mat?", "answer": "The mat measures 25 inches long by 17 inches wide. That is enough space to stand over the ball and swing freely without stepping off the turf. It is a compact size, so it suits garages, patios, and small backyards.", "source": "Dual Turf Golf Hitting Mat with Rubber Ball Tray", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/dual-turf-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "How much does it weigh?", "answer": "The listed weight is 2.09 kg. That is light enough to carry out and set up by hand, but heavy enough that the weighted base gives it some stability once it is down. You can move it with one hand.", "source": "Dual Turf Golf Hitting Mat with Rubber Ball Tray", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/dual-turf-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "Which side do I use for chipping?", "answer": "Use the long grass side. The taller pile makes the club work through grass before contact, which is much closer to a real chip from the fringe or light rough. It teaches you to keep speed through the ball rather than decelerating.", "source": "Dual Turf Golf Hitting Mat with Rubber Ball Tray", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/dual-turf-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "Which side is best for full swings?", "answer": "The short turf side. A tighter, lower pile gives you a fairway-style lie where the club can nip the ball cleanly. That is where you want to be for iron work and anything off a tee.", "source": "Dual Turf Golf Hitting Mat with Rubber Ball Tray", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/dual-turf-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "How many balls does the tray hold?", "answer": "Up to 12 golf balls. The tray is rubber and sits level with the hitting area, so you can scoop the next ball across with the club head instead of bending down. It makes a big difference to how many reps you get in a short session.", "source": "Dual Turf Golf Hitting Mat with Rubber Ball Tray", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/dual-turf-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "Will the mat slide around when I hit?", "answer": "The base uses a weighted three-layer design with a textured rubber bottom to resist movement. On most flat surfaces it holds its position well. If you are on a very smooth polished floor, a rubber underlay or a mat edge against a wall adds extra grip.", "source": "Dual Turf Golf Hitting Mat with Rubber Ball Tray", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/dual-turf-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "Can I use it on concrete?", "answer": "Yes. The rubber backing is there to absorb some of the impact, which is the main concern when hitting over concrete. It will not feel identical to turf, but it is far kinder on your joints and clubs than striking a hard slab directly.", "source": "Dual Turf Golf Hitting Mat with Rubber Ball Tray", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/dual-turf-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "Can I use it indoors?", "answer": "Yes, as long as you have the ceiling height and space to swing safely. Many people set it up in a garage or basement with a net. It is one of the more practical options if you want the best indoor golf mat setup without building a full bay.", "source": "Dual Turf Golf Hitting Mat with Rubber Ball Tray", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/dual-turf-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "Does it come with tees?", "answer": "Yes. The package includes ten 2-1/8 inch golf tees and a rubber tee holder. The holder lets you set a tee at a consistent height on the mat surface, which is useful for driver and hybrid practice.", "source": "Dual Turf Golf Hitting Mat with Rubber Ball Tray", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/dual-turf-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "What are the tees made of?", "answer": "The maker does not specify the tee material, only the length of 2-1/8 inches and the quantity of ten. The tee holder itself is listed as rubber. If you prefer a different tee height, standard tees will sit in the holder too.", "source": "Dual Turf Golf Hitting Mat with Rubber Ball Tray", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/dual-turf-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "Is the mat foldable?", "answer": "Yes, the form factor is listed as foldable. That makes it easy to put away in a cupboard or car boot. For long-term storage, rolling it loosely is gentler on the turf fibres than folding it hard along the same crease.", "source": "Dual Turf Golf Hitting Mat with Rubber Ball Tray", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/dual-turf-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "What is the mat made of?", "answer": "The listed material is rubber, for both the main body and the backing. The turf surfaces sit on top of that rubber construction. Fibre specifics for the turf are not given by the maker.", "source": "Dual Turf Golf Hitting Mat with Rubber Ball Tray", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/dual-turf-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "Will it damage my clubs?", "answer": "The rubber backing is designed to absorb impact, which reduces the shock that reaches the clubhead and shaft. As with any mat, fat shots put more wear on the sole of the club than a real fairway would. Most players find the trade-off well worth it for the practice volume.", "source": "Dual Turf Golf Hitting Mat with Rubber Ball Tray", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/dual-turf-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "Is it good for beginners?", "answer": "Very much so. Beginners benefit most from repetition, and a mat at home gives you far more swings per week than occasional range trips. The dual surface also means you can learn chipping, which is where new golfers usually lose the most strokes.", "source": "Dual Turf Golf Hitting Mat with Rubber Ball Tray", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/dual-turf-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "Can I practise with a net?", "answer": "Yes, pairing it with a practice net is the most common setup. Place the mat the correct distance back from the net so the ball has room to get airborne. This is one of the better choices for the best golf mat for driving nets if space is tight.", "source": "Dual Turf Golf Hitting Mat with Rubber Ball Tray", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/dual-turf-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "Do I need a special surface underneath?", "answer": "No. Flat grass, concrete, pavers, or a garage floor all work. The main thing is that the ground is level, so your stance and the ball sit on the same plane. A slight slope will change your contact more than you expect.", "source": "Dual Turf Golf Hitting Mat with Rubber Ball Tray", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/dual-turf-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "Can two people share one mat?", "answer": "You can take turns, but the mat is sized for a single golfer at a time. Left and right handed players can both use it, simply turning it so the ball tray sits on their trailing side. It is fine for family practice sessions.", "source": "Dual Turf Golf Hitting Mat with Rubber Ball Tray", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/dual-turf-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "How do I clean it?", "answer": "Shake or brush off loose grass and dirt after use. For mud or marks, wipe with a damp cloth and a little mild soap, then let it dry completely before storing. Do not soak it or put it in a washing machine.", "source": "Dual Turf Golf Hitting Mat with Rubber Ball Tray", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/dual-turf-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "Can I leave it outside?", "answer": "It is better not to. Long exposure to strong sun and rain will shorten the life of any turf mat. Bring it under cover between sessions and it will hold up far better over time.", "source": "Dual Turf Golf Hitting Mat with Rubber Ball Tray", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/dual-turf-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "Will the turf peel at the edges?", "answer": "The mat uses sloped edges specifically to reduce peeling, which is the most common failure point on cheap hitting mats. Keeping it flat when stored and avoiding dragging it across rough concrete will extend its life further.", "source": "Dual Turf Golf Hitting Mat with Rubber Ball Tray", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/dual-turf-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "Does it work for chipping into a net?", "answer": "Yes. Use the long turf side and chip into a net or a target. Short game reps are quiet and need very little space, which makes this a practical choice if you want the best chipping mat for a small yard.", "source": "Dual Turf Golf Hitting Mat with Rubber Ball Tray", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/dual-turf-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable for kids learning golf?", "answer": "Yes, with supervision and a safe swing area. The surface is forgiving, and the ball tray keeps balls contained rather than rolling around the garden. Make sure there is clear space behind and in front of the swing.", "source": "Dual Turf Golf Hitting Mat with Rubber Ball Tray", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/dual-turf-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "Can I use real golf balls?", "answer": "Yes, the mat is built for real balls. If you are indoors or close to windows, foam or restricted-flight balls are the safer choice. Outdoors with a net, standard balls are fine.", "source": "Dual Turf Golf Hitting Mat with Rubber Ball Tray", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/dual-turf-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "How does this compare to a plain turf square?", "answer": "A plain square gives you one lie and nothing else. This one gives you two turf heights, a built-in ball tray, a tee holder, and a weighted base. For most home practice, that combination gets more use than a single-surface mat.", "source": "Dual Turf Golf Hitting Mat with Rubber Ball Tray", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/dual-turf-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "What is included in the box?", "answer": "One golf mat, ten 2-1/8 inch golf tees, and one rubber golf tee holder. Nets, balls, and clubs are not included. Everything you need to start hitting off the mat itself is there.", "source": "Dual Turf Golf Hitting Mat with Rubber Ball Tray", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/dual-turf-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "How is it delivered?", "answer": "We dispatch within 2 working days. Delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier, and remote and regional addresses may take longer. Working days leave out weekends and public holidays. Delivery is free on orders of $150 or more and a flat $15 under that.", "source": "Dual Turf Golf Hitting Mat with Rubber Ball Tray", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/dual-turf-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "Can I return it if I change my mind?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Dual Turf Golf Hitting Mat with Rubber Ball Tray", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/dual-turf-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "Would this make a good gift?", "answer": "It is a solid gift for a golfer who cannot get to a range often. It arrives as a complete starter kit with tees and a holder, so there is nothing else to buy on day one. Pair it with a practice net if you want a bigger present.", "source": "Dual Turf Golf Hitting Mat with Rubber Ball Tray", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/dual-turf-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "What if the mat is not right for me?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Dual Turf Golf Hitting Mat with Rubber Ball Tray", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/dual-turf-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "What exactly is this product?", "answer": "It is a free-standing golf practice net measuring 10 ft wide by 7 ft tall. You hit real golf balls into it from a few metres away, and the reinforced nylon panel absorbs the shot. It is often described as a personal driving range net because it lets you practise full swings without leaving home.", "source": "10 ft x 7 ft Golf Practice Hitting Net with Ball Return", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-hitting-net-10x7/" }, { "question": "How does the ball return work?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "10 ft x 7 ft Golf Practice Hitting Net with Ball Return", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-hitting-net-10x7/" }, { "question": "Can I hit a driver into it?", "answer": "Yes, the 10 ft x 7 ft size is intended for full shots, which is why it is the larger of the two sizes offers. You still need enough room behind and above you for a full swing, so check your ceiling height indoors. Most people stand a few metres back for driver work.", "source": "10 ft x 7 ft Golf Practice Hitting Net with Ball Return", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-hitting-net-10x7/" }, { "question": "What comes in the box?", "answer": "The included components are the 10 ft x 7 ft golf net, a chipping target attachment, the bow type frame, stakes and a carry case. A hitting mat is not included. Nothing else is listed in the maker's description.", "source": "10 ft x 7 ft Golf Practice Hitting Net with Ball Return", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-hitting-net-10x7/" }, { "question": "Is a hitting mat included?", "answer": "No, the mat is sold separately. If you are hitting off grass outdoors you may not need one at all, though a mat protects the lawn and your wrists. Indoors on concrete, a mat is essential.", "source": "10 ft x 7 ft Golf Practice Hitting Net with Ball Return", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-hitting-net-10x7/" }, { "question": "What is the net made from?", "answer": "The material is listed as fibreglass and nylon. The frame poles use fibreglass for a light but springy build, and the netting itself is reinforced nylon. The colour is black.", "source": "10 ft x 7 ft Golf Practice Hitting Net with Ball Return", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-hitting-net-10x7/" }, { "question": "How heavy is it?", "answer": "The item weight is 8.53 kg, which is 18.8 pounds. That is light enough for one adult to carry the packed case in one hand. It also means you should stake it down outdoors on windy days.", "source": "10 ft x 7 ft Golf Practice Hitting Net with Ball Return", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-hitting-net-10x7/" }, { "question": "Can I use this indoors?", "answer": "Yes, as long as you have enough space to swing a club safely. Measure your ceiling height with a club raised above your head, and leave clearance either side for the backswing. A garage, a barn or a high-ceilinged basement are the usual spots for the best indoor golf net setup.", "source": "10 ft x 7 ft Golf Practice Hitting Net with Ball Return", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-hitting-net-10x7/" }, { "question": "What ceiling height do I need?", "answer": "The net stands 7 ft tall, but your swing needs more room than the net does. Most golfers want around 2.7 m or more for comfortable driver swings, and shorter clubs need less. Take a slow practice swing before you hit a real ball.", "source": "10 ft x 7 ft Golf Practice Hitting Net with Ball Return", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-hitting-net-10x7/" }, { "question": "Does it work with a launch monitor?", "answer": "Many golfers pair a net like this with a launch monitor for indoor practice, since you get real ball flight data without needing to see the shot land. Check your monitor's own space requirements for distance to the ball and to the net. That combination is the usual route to the best golf net for launch monitor use.", "source": "10 ft x 7 ft Golf Practice Hitting Net with Ball Return", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-hitting-net-10x7/" }, { "question": "How long does assembly take?", "answer": "The bow type frame is designed for quick setup and breakdown, with poles that slot together and a net that attaches to the frame. First-time assembly takes longer while you work out the order of parts. After that, most people set up and pack down in a few minutes.", "source": "10 ft x 7 ft Golf Practice Hitting Net with Ball Return", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-hitting-net-10x7/" }, { "question": "Do I have to stake it down?", "answer": "The four U stakes are optional and intended for grass or dirt. Indoors on a hard floor you cannot use them, and the frame stands on its own. Outdoors, staking is strongly recommended because a light frame can shift in wind or under repeated strikes.", "source": "10 ft x 7 ft Golf Practice Hitting Net with Ball Return", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-hitting-net-10x7/" }, { "question": "Can I leave it set up outside permanently?", "answer": "It is designed to be portable rather than permanent. Leaving any netting in constant sun and rain shortens its life, so pack it into the carry case between sessions if you can. If you do leave it out, cover it or bring it in during storms.", "source": "10 ft x 7 ft Golf Practice Hitting Net with Ball Return", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-hitting-net-10x7/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable for beginners?", "answer": "Yes, and arguably beginners benefit most. Hitting at a large target removes the fear of losing balls while you groove a swing, which makes it one of the best golf net for beginners options. Pair it with a mat and a few alignment sticks.", "source": "10 ft x 7 ft Golf Practice Hitting Net with Ball Return", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-hitting-net-10x7/" }, { "question": "Can juniors use it?", "answer": "Junior golfers can use the same net, since the target area is generous and the clubs generate less speed. Adult supervision is sensible, mainly to keep others clear of the swing area. Set a clear boundary line behind the hitter.", "source": "10 ft x 7 ft Golf Practice Hitting Net with Ball Return", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-hitting-net-10x7/" }, { "question": "What is the chipping target for?", "answer": "The chipping target attachment gives you a smaller aiming point for short shots, so the same frame covers pitching and chipping practice. It clips onto the net rather than needing a separate stand. It is handy for working on distance control over the winter.", "source": "10 ft x 7 ft Golf Practice Hitting Net with Ball Return", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-hitting-net-10x7/" }, { "question": "How far back should I stand?", "answer": "Far enough that the ball has time to rise off the clubface, and close enough that a mishit still finds the net. A few metres is typical for full swings, less for wedges. Try a few shots at a slow speed to find your spot.", "source": "10 ft x 7 ft Golf Practice Hitting Net with Ball Return", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-hitting-net-10x7/" }, { "question": "Will it damage my golf balls?", "answer": "Normal practice balls and standard golf balls hold up fine against netting. Scuffing comes more from the mat or ground than the net itself. Rotate your practice balls so wear spreads out.", "source": "10 ft x 7 ft Golf Practice Hitting Net with Ball Return", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-hitting-net-10x7/" }, { "question": "Can I use real balls or do I need foam ones?", "answer": "The net is built for real golf balls, which is the point of a full-size driving range net. Foam or restricted-flight balls also work and are quieter, so some people use them indoors in the evening. Either way, never hit toward people or windows.", "source": "10 ft x 7 ft Golf Practice Hitting Net with Ball Return", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-hitting-net-10x7/" }, { "question": "Is it noisy?", "answer": "There is a thump as the ball hits the net and a rattle from the frame. Outdoors this is barely noticeable. In a garage attached to a house, it is worth checking with family before a late session, or switching to softer balls.", "source": "10 ft x 7 ft Golf Practice Hitting Net with Ball Return", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-hitting-net-10x7/" }, { "question": "How do I clean it?", "answer": "Brush off grass and dirt, then spot clean the netting with mild soapy water and a soft cloth. Rinse lightly and let it dry fully before packing it away. Never put the net in a washing machine or dryer.", "source": "10 ft x 7 ft Golf Practice Hitting Net with Ball Return", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-hitting-net-10x7/" }, { "question": "How should I store it?", "answer": "Break the frame down, make sure everything is dry, and slide it into the included carry case. Keep the case indoors or under cover, away from damp. Dry storage is what keeps nylon netting strong season after season.", "source": "10 ft x 7 ft Golf Practice Hitting Net with Ball Return", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-hitting-net-10x7/" }, { "question": "Can I move it between places?", "answer": "Yes, portability is one of the reasons for the carry case and the 8.53 kg weight. Coaches and club members often carry it between home and a practice bay. That makes it a reasonable pick for the best travel golf net if you drive to your sessions.", "source": "10 ft x 7 ft Golf Practice Hitting Net with Ball Return", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-hitting-net-10x7/" }, { "question": "What size is the hitting area?", "answer": "The net itself is 10 ft wide by 7 ft tall and rectangular in shape. That is the whole face of the net, so your usable target is close to that minus the frame edge. Packed dimensions are not specified by the maker.", "source": "10 ft x 7 ft Golf Practice Hitting Net with Ball Return", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-hitting-net-10x7/" }, { "question": "Is the frame metal?", "answer": "The listed material is fibreglass and nylon, with the bow type frame built around fibreglass poles. Fibreglass flexes slightly under impact rather than denting. It also keeps the overall weight down.", "source": "10 ft x 7 ft Golf Practice Hitting Net with Ball Return", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-hitting-net-10x7/" }, { "question": "Does it need two people to set up?", "answer": "One person can manage it, though a second pair of hands makes the first assembly easier while you learn how the bow frame tensions. After a couple of sessions it becomes a solo job. Lay the parts out before you start.", "source": "10 ft x 7 ft Golf Practice Hitting Net with Ball Return", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-hitting-net-10x7/" }, { "question": "Will this fit in a small backyard?", "answer": "You need roughly the net footprint plus your swing space and a safe run-up behind, so measure before buying. Many small gardens handle it fine for wedges and irons even if driver is a stretch. It is one of the practical options for the best backyard golf net in tighter spaces.", "source": "10 ft x 7 ft Golf Practice Hitting Net with Ball Return", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-hitting-net-10x7/" }, { "question": "Does it make a good gift?", "answer": "It suits anyone who plays and complains about not having time to practise. The carry case makes it easy to wrap and hand over in one piece. Pair it with a hitting mat or a sleeve of balls if you want to round out the present.", "source": "10 ft x 7 ft Golf Practice Hitting Net with Ball Return", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-hitting-net-10x7/" }, { "question": "How is it delivered?", "answer": "We dispatch within 2 working days. Delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier, and remote and regional addresses may take longer. Working days leave out weekends and public holidays. Delivery is free on orders of $150 or more and a flat $15 under that.", "source": "10 ft x 7 ft Golf Practice Hitting Net with Ball Return", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-hitting-net-10x7/" }, { "question": "What if it is not right for me?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "10 ft x 7 ft Golf Practice Hitting Net with Ball Return", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-hitting-net-10x7/" }, { "question": "What exactly comes in the box?", "answer": "The set includes the golf hitting net, a target sheet, a grass practice mat, five practice balls, a tee, the frame set and a carry bag. That covers everything you need for a basic home session. You can add your own balls and clubs as you go.", "source": "10x7ft Golf Practice Net Set with Mat, Balls and Carry Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-practice-net-10x7ft/" }, { "question": "How big is the net?", "answer": "The listed size is 10 x 8 x 7 ft. That is a wide catch area by home net standards, which helps when a shot leaks off the toe or heel. Measure your space before ordering so you know the frame will stand clear of fences and walls.", "source": "10x7ft Golf Practice Net Set with Mat, Balls and Carry Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-practice-net-10x7ft/" }, { "question": "What is the net made from?", "answer": "The netting is nylon and the frame is fibreglass. Nylon is a common choice for hitting nets because it has some give and absorbs impact rather than firing the ball straight back. The colour is listed as black.", "source": "10x7ft Golf Practice Net Set with Mat, Balls and Carry Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-practice-net-10x7ft/" }, { "question": "Can I use real golf balls with it?", "answer": "Yes, the net is designed for real balls and real clubs. The mesh is reinforced to take repeated strikes. Five practice balls are included if you want to start with those instead.", "source": "10x7ft Golf Practice Net Set with Mat, Balls and Carry Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-practice-net-10x7ft/" }, { "question": "How long does it take to set up?", "answer": "The frames come pre-attached to the net, so setup is mainly extending the poles, seating the corners and pegging it down. Most people get it standing in a couple of minutes once they have done it once. Packing down is the same process in reverse.", "source": "10x7ft Golf Practice Net Set with Mat, Balls and Carry Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-practice-net-10x7ft/" }, { "question": "Is this a good first golf practice net for a beginner?", "answer": "It is a sensible starting point because it bundles the net, mat and balls together. Beginners get the most benefit from repetition, and having a net at home removes the main barrier to that. The target pockets also give you something to aim at from day one.", "source": "10x7ft Golf Practice Net Set with Mat, Balls and Carry Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-practice-net-10x7ft/" }, { "question": "Can I use it indoors?", "answer": "You can, provided you have enough ceiling height for a full swing with your longest club. Garages, basements and large sheds are common spots. Swing a club through the space first without a ball to check clearance.", "source": "10x7ft Golf Practice Net Set with Mat, Balls and Carry Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-practice-net-10x7ft/" }, { "question": "How much room do I need behind the hitting area?", "answer": "Give yourself room for a full backswing plus a safety margin, and keep windows, cars and people out of the line of fire. A couple of metres behind the mat is a reasonable minimum for most golfers. Outdoors, also check for overhead branches.", "source": "10x7ft Golf Practice Net Set with Mat, Balls and Carry Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-practice-net-10x7ft/" }, { "question": "Does it come with a target?", "answer": "Yes. A target sheet hangs on the front using elastic loops at the corners. It has one large central pocket and three smaller chipping pockets.", "source": "10x7ft Golf Practice Net Set with Mat, Balls and Carry Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-practice-net-10x7ft/" }, { "question": "What can I practise with the chipping pockets?", "answer": "Short pitches, chips and bump-and-run shots all work well. Aiming at a small pocket forces you to control distance and start line instead of just making contact. It turns a plain backyard golf net into a scoring drill.", "source": "10x7ft Golf Practice Net Set with Mat, Balls and Carry Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-practice-net-10x7ft/" }, { "question": "Can I practise with a driver?", "answer": "The net is sized for full swings, so a driver is possible if you have the space and height. Outdoors is generally better for driver work because of the extra clearance. Always check your surroundings before swinging at speed.", "source": "10x7ft Golf Practice Net Set with Mat, Balls and Carry Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-practice-net-10x7ft/" }, { "question": "Does the mat protect my lawn?", "answer": "The grass practice mat gives you a consistent surface to hit from so you are not taking divots out of the turf. It also protects club faces if you would otherwise be hitting off concrete. It is a practice mat, not a full stance mat, so position it where you want the ball.", "source": "10x7ft Golf Practice Net Set with Mat, Balls and Carry Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-practice-net-10x7ft/" }, { "question": "Will the ball bounce back at me?", "answer": "A well-tensioned nylon net absorbs most of the energy and drops the ball near the base. Keeping the net slightly loose rather than drum-tight helps with that. Still, stand to the side when someone else is hitting.", "source": "10x7ft Golf Practice Net Set with Mat, Balls and Carry Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-practice-net-10x7ft/" }, { "question": "Can two people use it at once?", "answer": "One person hits at a time. The sensible setup is to take turns, with the person waiting standing well behind and to the side. That is the same etiquette you would use on a range bay.", "source": "10x7ft Golf Practice Net Set with Mat, Balls and Carry Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-practice-net-10x7ft/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable for kids learning golf?", "answer": "Yes, with adult supervision. A net at home is one of the best golf training nets for beginners because it lets a young player swing freely without worrying about where the ball ends up. Keep everyone clear of the hitting zone.", "source": "10x7ft Golf Practice Net Set with Mat, Balls and Carry Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-practice-net-10x7ft/" }, { "question": "How do I keep it stable in wind?", "answer": "Peg the base down firmly at all four corners and avoid leaving it standing during strong winds. If your ground is hard, sandbags or weights on the base help. Packing it away between sessions is the safest option in exposed yards.", "source": "10x7ft Golf Practice Net Set with Mat, Balls and Carry Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-practice-net-10x7ft/" }, { "question": "Can I leave it outside permanently?", "answer": "It is designed to be folded and stored, not left out year round. Constant sun and rain shorten the life of any nylon netting. Packing it into the carry bag after each session is the main thing that makes a portable golf net last.", "source": "10x7ft Golf Practice Net Set with Mat, Balls and Carry Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-practice-net-10x7ft/" }, { "question": "How do I clean it?", "answer": "Shake off loose grass and dirt, then wipe the frame poles with a damp cloth. Let the net dry fully before folding it away. Avoid harsh solvents on the mesh.", "source": "10x7ft Golf Practice Net Set with Mat, Balls and Carry Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-practice-net-10x7ft/" }, { "question": "What if the net gets damp before I pack it?", "answer": "Open it back up or hang it somewhere airy until it dries. Folding damp nylon into a bag can leave a mildew smell that is hard to shift. A few minutes of drying time saves a lot of trouble later.", "source": "10x7ft Golf Practice Net Set with Mat, Balls and Carry Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-practice-net-10x7ft/" }, { "question": "How small does it pack down?", "answer": "It folds into the supplied carry bag, which is the point of a foldable golf net. That makes it easy to store in a garage, a wardrobe or the boot of a car. Exact packed dimensions are not specified by the maker.", "source": "10x7ft Golf Practice Net Set with Mat, Balls and Carry Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-practice-net-10x7ft/" }, { "question": "How heavy is it?", "answer": "The maker gives an item weight of 0.4 lb and a shipping weight of 0.18 kg. Treat those as the figures on record rather than a full packed-set weight. In practical terms it is light enough for one person to carry.", "source": "10x7ft Golf Practice Net Set with Mat, Balls and Carry Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-practice-net-10x7ft/" }, { "question": "Will it fit in a small courtyard?", "answer": "With a listed footprint of 10 x 8 x 7 ft, it needs a reasonable patch of ground. Mark out the area with a tape measure before you buy. If space is tight, you may be limited to chipping and half swings rather than full driver work.", "source": "10x7ft Golf Practice Net Set with Mat, Balls and Carry Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-practice-net-10x7ft/" }, { "question": "Does it work on concrete or decking?", "answer": "It can stand on hard surfaces, but you will not be able to peg it down, so you will need weights on the base. Use the mat to hit from rather than striking the hard surface directly. Check that the frame base is not sliding before you start.", "source": "10x7ft Golf Practice Net Set with Mat, Balls and Carry Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-practice-net-10x7ft/" }, { "question": "Is this the best golf net for short game work?", "answer": "The three chipping pockets make it strong for short game practice, which is where most handicaps are actually lost. Set up at varying distances to work on different landing spots. Combine that with the mat for a repeatable surface.", "source": "10x7ft Golf Practice Net Set with Mat, Balls and Carry Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-practice-net-10x7ft/" }, { "question": "Can I use it with foam or limited flight balls?", "answer": "Yes, foam and limited flight balls work fine and are a good option indoors or in tight spaces. They are gentler on the mesh too. The five included balls give you a starting set.", "source": "10x7ft Golf Practice Net Set with Mat, Balls and Carry Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-practice-net-10x7ft/" }, { "question": "How often should I check the net for damage?", "answer": "Give it a quick look before each session, focusing on the centre of the hitting area and the corner attachment points. Small frays can spread quickly under repeated impact. Retire the net if the mesh tears through.", "source": "10x7ft Golf Practice Net Set with Mat, Balls and Carry Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-practice-net-10x7ft/" }, { "question": "Does it make a good gift for a golfer?", "answer": "It is a practical gift because it arrives as a complete set rather than a single piece that needs accessories. Most golfers would rather practise at home than drive to a range. The carry bag also makes it easy to wrap and hand over.", "source": "10x7ft Golf Practice Net Set with Mat, Balls and Carry Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-practice-net-10x7ft/" }, { "question": "How is it delivered?", "answer": "We dispatch within 2 working days. Delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier, and remote and regional addresses may take longer. Working days leave out weekends and public holidays. Delivery is free on orders of $150 or more and a flat $15 under that.", "source": "10x7ft Golf Practice Net Set with Mat, Balls and Carry Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-practice-net-10x7ft/" }, { "question": "What is your returns policy?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "10x7ft Golf Practice Net Set with Mat, Balls and Carry Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-practice-net-10x7ft/" }, { "question": "What if the net is not right for my space once it arrives?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "10x7ft Golf Practice Net Set with Mat, Balls and Carry Bag", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-practice-net-10x7ft/" }, { "question": "What does this golf hitting mat actually do?", "answer": "It gives you a visible record of your clubhead path. When you strike the velvet impact surface, the pile is disturbed in the shape and direction the club travelled, so you can see whether you came in from the inside, the outside, or straight down the line.", "source": "Swing Path Golf Hitting Mat with Velvet Impact Surface", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/swing-path-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "Do I need golf balls to use it?", "answer": "No. The mat is designed to read the strike itself, so you can take slow rehearsal swings or full swings with no ball at all. That is part of why it works indoors where ball flight is not an option.", "source": "Swing Path Golf Hitting Mat with Velvet Impact Surface", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/swing-path-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "Can I hit real balls off it?", "answer": "It is a compact impact and feedback surface rather than a full driving mat, so most people use it for swing path work rather than launching balls at speed. If you want to hit balls, pair it with a net and keep the strikes controlled.", "source": "Swing Path Golf Hitting Mat with Velvet Impact Surface", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/swing-path-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "How big is the mat?", "answer": "It measures 40.6 cm long by 30.5 cm wide by 2.5 cm thick, listed as 1'4\" by 1'. That is roughly the footprint of a large chopping board, which is enough to read contact without taking over a room.", "source": "Swing Path Golf Hitting Mat with Velvet Impact Surface", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/swing-path-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "Is that big enough to stand on?", "answer": "You stand beside it, not on it. The mat sits where the ball would be, and your feet stay on the floor or grass, which keeps the whole setup small enough for a hallway or garage.", "source": "Swing Path Golf Hitting Mat with Velvet Impact Surface", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/swing-path-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "What is the surface made of?", "answer": "The impact surface is a soft velvet turf material. The brief lists the mat material and the backing material as rubber, and the fine velvet layer is what carries the swing path marking.", "source": "Swing Path Golf Hitting Mat with Velvet Impact Surface", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/swing-path-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "Will it scratch my club face?", "answer": "The velvet surface is described as soft specifically to reduce abrasion on the club face compared with coarser mats. As with any practice surface, wipe your club after a session and avoid dragging it sideways across the pile.", "source": "Swing Path Golf Hitting Mat with Velvet Impact Surface", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/swing-path-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "Does it come with a spare surface?", "answer": "Yes. Each pack includes the impact mat, an extra replaceable velvet mat and an instruction sheet. That spare is handy once the original surface has been worked hard.", "source": "Swing Path Golf Hitting Mat with Velvet Impact Surface", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/swing-path-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "How do I reset the marking between swings?", "answer": "Brush the pile back with your hand or the sole of the club, which clears the previous trace and gives you a fresh reading. It takes a couple of seconds, so you can run through a full practice set quickly.", "source": "Swing Path Golf Hitting Mat with Velvet Impact Surface", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/swing-path-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "Will the mat slide on a smooth floor?", "answer": "The base is a heavy-duty rubber with a textured underside intended to increase grip and stop the mat moving while you train. On very polished tile, a thin rug or towel underneath adds extra security.", "source": "Swing Path Golf Hitting Mat with Velvet Impact Surface", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/swing-path-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "Can I use it outdoors?", "answer": "Yes, on any flat surface. Lawns, patios, driveways and playground areas all work, which makes it one of the easier options if you are after the best backyard golf mat setup without building a permanent hitting bay.", "source": "Swing Path Golf Hitting Mat with Velvet Impact Surface", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/swing-path-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable for beginners?", "answer": "Very much so. Beginners often cannot feel the difference between an out-to-in and an in-to-out path, and seeing the mark removes that uncertainty. It is a sensible first purchase if you are hunting for the best golf swing trainer for beginners.", "source": "Swing Path Golf Hitting Mat with Velvet Impact Surface", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/swing-path-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "Will low handicap players get anything from it?", "answer": "Yes, mostly as a calibration tool. Good players use it to confirm that a feel change is producing a real path change, and to check contact location during warm-up before a round.", "source": "Swing Path Golf Hitting Mat with Velvet Impact Surface", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/swing-path-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "Can juniors use it?", "answer": "Yes. The mat does not care how fast the club is moving, so junior swings register just as clearly. Parents often use it as a quiet way to work on path without needing a full range session.", "source": "Swing Path Golf Hitting Mat with Velvet Impact Surface", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/swing-path-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "Does it help with slicing?", "answer": "It helps you diagnose a slice, which is the useful first step. An out-to-in path will show up plainly on the surface, and once you can see it you can work on an inside path and watch the mark change.", "source": "Swing Path Golf Hitting Mat with Velvet Impact Surface", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/swing-path-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "What about fat and thin contact?", "answer": "The trace shows roughly where the low point of the swing sat relative to the strike position, so heavy strikes that bottom out early are visible. It is a practical way to check turf interaction indoors.", "source": "Swing Path Golf Hitting Mat with Velvet Impact Surface", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/swing-path-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "How thick is it underfoot?", "answer": "About 2.5 centimetres. That is enough cushioning to take a strike while still sitting low and stable on the floor.", "source": "Swing Path Golf Hitting Mat with Velvet Impact Surface", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/swing-path-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "How heavy is the mat?", "answer": "The listed item weight is 2.5 ounces and the shipping weight recorded for this product is 0.07 kg. It is a light, portable item rather than a heavy range mat.", "source": "Swing Path Golf Hitting Mat with Velvet Impact Surface", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/swing-path-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "Does it fold or roll?", "answer": "The form factor is listed as foldable, so it packs down for storage and transport. Store it flat or loosely rolled where you can, as hard creases are harder on any pile surface.", "source": "Swing Path Golf Hitting Mat with Velvet Impact Surface", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/swing-path-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "Can I take it to the driving range?", "answer": "Yes, and plenty of people do. It is small enough to carry in a golf bag pocket or under one arm, which is what makes it a strong candidate for the best travel golf practice mat in a kit bag.", "source": "Swing Path Golf Hitting Mat with Velvet Impact Surface", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/swing-path-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "How do I clean it?", "answer": "Shake or brush the surface to clear loose fibres and dust, then spot clean with a damp cloth and mild soap. Let it dry fully before rolling it up so moisture does not sit in the pile.", "source": "Swing Path Golf Hitting Mat with Velvet Impact Surface", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/swing-path-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "Can I put it in a washing machine?", "answer": "No. A machine wash will damage the pile and the rubber backing. Surface cleaning by hand is the right approach for this kind of mat.", "source": "Swing Path Golf Hitting Mat with Velvet Impact Surface", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/swing-path-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "How long will the velvet surface last?", "answer": "That depends entirely on how often you practise and how hard you strike it. The included spare velvet mat exists precisely because the surface is treated as a consumable layer.", "source": "Swing Path Golf Hitting Mat with Velvet Impact Surface", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/swing-path-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "Does it work on carpet?", "answer": "It does, though a firm, flat surface gives the cleanest result. Deep pile carpet lets the mat compress unevenly, which can muddy the trace.", "source": "Swing Path Golf Hitting Mat with Velvet Impact Surface", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/swing-path-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "What is included in the box?", "answer": "One golf impact mat, one extra replaceable velvet mat and one instruction sheet. Clubs and balls are not included.", "source": "Swing Path Golf Hitting Mat with Velvet Impact Surface", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/swing-path-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "What colour is it?", "answer": "The colour is listed by the manufacturer simply as Golf Mat. Refer to the product images for the appearance of the surface and backing.", "source": "Swing Path Golf Hitting Mat with Velvet Impact Surface", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/swing-path-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "Does it make a good gift?", "answer": "It is one of the easier golf gifts to get right, because it suits any handicap and does not need to match an existing set. If you want the best golf training aid gift for someone who already owns everything, a feedback mat is a safe pick.", "source": "Swing Path Golf Hitting Mat with Velvet Impact Surface", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/swing-path-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "How is it delivered?", "answer": "We dispatch within 2 working days. Delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier, and remote and regional addresses may take longer. Working days leave out weekends and public holidays. Delivery is free on orders of $150 or more and a flat $15 under that.", "source": "Swing Path Golf Hitting Mat with Velvet Impact Surface", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/swing-path-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "Can I return it?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Swing Path Golf Hitting Mat with Velvet Impact Surface", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/swing-path-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "What if it is not right for me?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Swing Path Golf Hitting Mat with Velvet Impact Surface", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/swing-path-golf-hitting-mat/" }, { "question": "What exactly is included in the box?", "answer": "You receive one putting mat. The maker's description specifies the included component as the putting mat itself, with a unit count of one.", "source": "10ft Golf Putting Mat with Adjustable Target Gate", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/10ft-golf-putting-mat/" }, { "question": "How long is the mat?", "answer": "It is 10 feet long and 1 foot wide, which converts to roughly 3.05 metres by 0.31 metres. That gives you a genuine run-out for pace control rather than just a short strip.", "source": "10ft Golf Putting Mat with Adjustable Target Gate", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/10ft-golf-putting-mat/" }, { "question": "Is 10 feet long enough to be useful?", "answer": "For indoor work, yes. Most missed putts on the course come from inside ten feet, so a 10ft putting mat covers the distances that actually cost strokes. Longer lag putting is better practised on grass.", "source": "10ft Golf Putting Mat with Adjustable Target Gate", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/10ft-golf-putting-mat/" }, { "question": "What is the surface made of?", "answer": "The playing surface is nylon. The backing underneath is thermoplastic rubber, often shortened to TPR.", "source": "10ft Golf Putting Mat with Adjustable Target Gate", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/10ft-golf-putting-mat/" }, { "question": "Does the mat lie flat out of the box?", "answer": "Give it time to settle. Unroll it on a flat floor and leave it for a few hours, or overnight if it has been packed tightly. Gentle warmth in the room helps the backing relax.", "source": "10ft Golf Putting Mat with Adjustable Target Gate", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/10ft-golf-putting-mat/" }, { "question": "Will it slide on hard floors?", "answer": "The thermoplastic rubber backing is designed to grip flat surfaces and hold position. On very slick polished floors you may still want to check it before a long session.", "source": "10ft Golf Putting Mat with Adjustable Target Gate", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/10ft-golf-putting-mat/" }, { "question": "Can I use it on carpet?", "answer": "Yes, as long as the carpet is flat and firm. Thick, soft pile underneath can create a slightly spongy feel and change how the ball rolls, so a low pile or a hard floor is better.", "source": "10ft Golf Putting Mat with Adjustable Target Gate", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/10ft-golf-putting-mat/" }, { "question": "How fast is the green speed?", "answer": "The maker's description does not state a stimp rating, so the speed is not specified by the maker. The nylon surface is described as giving a smooth, consistent roll.", "source": "10ft Golf Putting Mat with Adjustable Target Gate", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/10ft-golf-putting-mat/" }, { "question": "What is the adjustable target gate for?", "answer": "It lets you change the effective width of your target. Set it wide to build confidence, then narrow it to force a square face at impact. It is one of the simplest putting training aids you can own.", "source": "10ft Golf Putting Mat with Adjustable Target Gate", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/10ft-golf-putting-mat/" }, { "question": "How do the alignment markings help?", "answer": "They give you a straight visual reference for your setup and your start line. If the ball leaves the line left or right, you know the face or the path was off before the ball even got moving.", "source": "10ft Golf Putting Mat with Adjustable Target Gate", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/10ft-golf-putting-mat/" }, { "question": "Is this suitable for beginners?", "answer": "Very much so. A beginner gets the most benefit from repetition on a predictable surface, and an indoor putting mat gives exactly that. Start with the gate wide and short putts.", "source": "10ft Golf Putting Mat with Adjustable Target Gate", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/10ft-golf-putting-mat/" }, { "question": "Will a low handicap golfer get anything out of it?", "answer": "Yes. Better players tend to use it for start line work with a narrow gate and for keeping their stroke grooved through winter or between rounds.", "source": "10ft Golf Putting Mat with Adjustable Target Gate", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/10ft-golf-putting-mat/" }, { "question": "Can kids use it?", "answer": "Yes. It is a flat mat with no sharp parts, so it works fine for juniors learning to putt. Adult supervision is sensible with any club in the house.", "source": "10ft Golf Putting Mat with Adjustable Target Gate", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/10ft-golf-putting-mat/" }, { "question": "Does it come with a cup or hole?", "answer": "The included components are listed as the putting mat. The target gate is described as a feature of the mat, and no separate ball return unit is listed in the maker's description.", "source": "10ft Golf Putting Mat with Adjustable Target Gate", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/10ft-golf-putting-mat/" }, { "question": "Can I use it outdoors?", "answer": "It can be used on any flat surface, indoors or out. For longevity, bring it inside afterwards rather than leaving it exposed to rain and sun.", "source": "10ft Golf Putting Mat with Adjustable Target Gate", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/10ft-golf-putting-mat/" }, { "question": "How heavy is it?", "answer": "It weighs 2.65 kg. That is light enough to carry in one hand and move between rooms without fuss.", "source": "10ft Golf Putting Mat with Adjustable Target Gate", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/10ft-golf-putting-mat/" }, { "question": "How do I store it?", "answer": "Roll it rather than fold it, with the playing surface facing outward, and stand it in a cupboard or behind a door. Rolling avoids permanent creases.", "source": "10ft Golf Putting Mat with Adjustable Target Gate", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/10ft-golf-putting-mat/" }, { "question": "Will it crease if I fold it?", "answer": "Repeated hard folds in the same spot can leave a mark on any mat. Rolling is the safer habit and keeps the surface true.", "source": "10ft Golf Putting Mat with Adjustable Target Gate", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/10ft-golf-putting-mat/" }, { "question": "How do I clean it?", "answer": "Vacuum on a low setting or sweep with a soft brush to lift dust from the nylon. Spot clean marks with a damp cloth and a little mild soap, then let it dry fully before rolling it up.", "source": "10ft Golf Putting Mat with Adjustable Target Gate", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/10ft-golf-putting-mat/" }, { "question": "Can I put it in a washing machine?", "answer": "No. A mat of this size and construction should be surface cleaned only. Machine washing risks damaging the rubber backing.", "source": "10ft Golf Putting Mat with Adjustable Target Gate", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/10ft-golf-putting-mat/" }, { "question": "Does it work with a real golf ball?", "answer": "Yes, it is designed for standard golf balls. Foam balls will roll but will not give you accurate pace feedback.", "source": "10ft Golf Putting Mat with Adjustable Target Gate", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/10ft-golf-putting-mat/" }, { "question": "What putter should I use with it?", "answer": "Use the putter you play with. The whole value of a home putting green is grooving the stroke you take to the course, so practising with a different club defeats the purpose.", "source": "10ft Golf Putting Mat with Adjustable Target Gate", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/10ft-golf-putting-mat/" }, { "question": "Can I practise chipping on it?", "answer": "It is built as a putting surface. Chipping with a lofted club can damage the nylon fibres, so stick to putting and leave chipping for a dedicated hitting mat.", "source": "10ft Golf Putting Mat with Adjustable Target Gate", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/10ft-golf-putting-mat/" }, { "question": "How much space do I need?", "answer": "Allow the 10ft length plus about two to three feet behind for your stance and backswing. A hallway or a lounge room edge usually works well.", "source": "10ft Golf Putting Mat with Adjustable Target Gate", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/10ft-golf-putting-mat/" }, { "question": "Is it quiet enough for an apartment?", "answer": "Putting is a soft, low impact action, and the mat absorbs most of the sound. It is one of the better home golf training options for shared buildings.", "source": "10ft Golf Putting Mat with Adjustable Target Gate", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/10ft-golf-putting-mat/" }, { "question": "Does it make a good gift?", "answer": "It does. A roll-up putting mat is an easy win for a golfer who cannot get to a course often, and it suits beginners and regulars alike.", "source": "10ft Golf Putting Mat with Adjustable Target Gate", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/10ft-golf-putting-mat/" }, { "question": "How long will it last?", "answer": "That depends on how much you use it and how you store it. Keeping it rolled, cleaning it occasionally and avoiding wedge shots on the surface all help it last.", "source": "10ft Golf Putting Mat with Adjustable Target Gate", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/10ft-golf-putting-mat/" }, { "question": "Where is it made?", "answer": "Country of origin is not specified by the maker. The brand is and the UPC is 860001956771.", "source": "10ft Golf Putting Mat with Adjustable Target Gate", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/10ft-golf-putting-mat/" }, { "question": "How is it delivered?", "answer": "We dispatch within 2 working days. Delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier, and remote and regional addresses may take longer. Working days leave out weekends and public holidays. Delivery is free on orders of $150 or more and a flat $15 under that.", "source": "10ft Golf Putting Mat with Adjustable Target Gate", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/10ft-golf-putting-mat/" }, { "question": "What if it is not right for me?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "10ft Golf Putting Mat with Adjustable Target Gate", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/10ft-golf-putting-mat/" }, { "question": "What exactly is this product?", "answer": "It is a 20 inch by 10 foot golf putting green mat with two different green speeds built into opposite ends. It also includes a putting alignment mirror, printed distance numbers, foam slope wedges, a putting hole and a ball bumper.", "source": "Two-Speed Golf Putting Green Mat 10ft with Alignment Mirror", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-putting-green-mat-10ft/" }, { "question": "How long is the mat?", "answer": "The putting surface is 10 feet long and 20 inches wide. That gives you room to practise genuine mid-range putts rather than only short tap-ins.", "source": "Two-Speed Golf Putting Green Mat 10ft with Alignment Mirror", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-putting-green-mat-10ft/" }, { "question": "What does two-speed mean?", "answer": "The mat is built so that putting from one end gives a fast roll rated at 11, and putting from the other end gives a medium roll rated at 9. You simply turn around to switch speeds.", "source": "Two-Speed Golf Putting Green Mat 10ft with Alignment Mirror", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-putting-green-mat-10ft/" }, { "question": "Why would I want two different speeds?", "answer": "Course greens change pace with weather, mowing and time of day. Practising on one speed only trains one feel, so a two speed putting mat helps your touch adapt when you play somewhere new.", "source": "Two-Speed Golf Putting Green Mat 10ft with Alignment Mirror", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-putting-green-mat-10ft/" }, { "question": "How does the alignment mirror work?", "answer": "You place your ball on the mirrored section and look down at your reflection before you putt. It shows whether your eyes are directly over the ball and whether your shoulders are square to the target line.", "source": "Two-Speed Golf Putting Green Mat 10ft with Alignment Mirror", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-putting-green-mat-10ft/" }, { "question": "Is this suitable for beginners?", "answer": "Yes. For a beginner the mirror and the distance markers give immediate, visual feedback that is hard to get on a real green, which makes it one of the best putting practice mats for beginners to learn setup with.", "source": "Two-Speed Golf Putting Green Mat 10ft with Alignment Mirror", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-putting-green-mat-10ft/" }, { "question": "Will it help an experienced golfer?", "answer": "It can. Low handicappers mostly use a mat like this for stroke maintenance and pace control, putting a few dozen balls a day to keep the tempo grooved during the off season.", "source": "Two-Speed Golf Putting Green Mat 10ft with Alignment Mirror", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-putting-green-mat-10ft/" }, { "question": "What is the surface made from?", "answer": "The playing surface is polyester. The backing is listed as rubber or thermoplastic rubber (TPR), which is what gives it grip on hard floors.", "source": "Two-Speed Golf Putting Green Mat 10ft with Alignment Mirror", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-putting-green-mat-10ft/" }, { "question": "Will the mat slide on wooden floors?", "answer": "The non slip backing is designed to hold position on hard surfaces such as timber and tile. On very slick polished floors it is worth letting the mat settle flat for a day before heavy use.", "source": "Two-Speed Golf Putting Green Mat 10ft with Alignment Mirror", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-putting-green-mat-10ft/" }, { "question": "Can I use it on carpet?", "answer": "Short, firm carpet is usually fine. Thick or plush carpet can make the surface feel uneven underneath, so a hard floor generally gives a truer roll.", "source": "Two-Speed Golf Putting Green Mat 10ft with Alignment Mirror", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-putting-green-mat-10ft/" }, { "question": "Can I use it outdoors?", "answer": "Yes, it can be used outside on a patio or deck as long as the ground is flat and dry. Bring it in afterwards rather than leaving it out in rain or long periods of sun.", "source": "Two-Speed Golf Putting Green Mat 10ft with Alignment Mirror", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-putting-green-mat-10ft/" }, { "question": "What are the foam wedges for?", "answer": "They slide under the mat to lift one section and create a slope. That turns a straight putt into a breaking putt, which is useful practice for reading pace on an angle.", "source": "Two-Speed Golf Putting Green Mat 10ft with Alignment Mirror", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-putting-green-mat-10ft/" }, { "question": "What does the ball bumper do?", "answer": "It sits at the end of the mat and stops balls rolling off into the room. It saves a lot of time that would otherwise go into collecting balls from under furniture.", "source": "Two-Speed Golf Putting Green Mat 10ft with Alignment Mirror", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-putting-green-mat-10ft/" }, { "question": "Is there a hole or a target?", "answer": "The set includes a putting hole component that gives you a defined target and helps with speed control. Hitting a target is more useful for pace training than simply rolling balls to a line.", "source": "Two-Speed Golf Putting Green Mat 10ft with Alignment Mirror", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-putting-green-mat-10ft/" }, { "question": "Does it work for left-handed golfers?", "answer": "Yes. The layout is symmetrical and friendly to both right-handed and left-handed players, so nothing needs to be reversed or reconfigured.", "source": "Two-Speed Golf Putting Green Mat 10ft with Alignment Mirror", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-putting-green-mat-10ft/" }, { "question": "How much space do I need?", "answer": "Allow at least 10 feet of flat floor plus a little room behind you for your backswing and stance. A hallway, a long lounge room or an office corridor usually works.", "source": "Two-Speed Golf Putting Green Mat 10ft with Alignment Mirror", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-putting-green-mat-10ft/" }, { "question": "Can I use my own golf balls?", "answer": "Yes, standard golf balls are what the surface is designed for. Using the same ball you play with on course keeps the feel and the roll consistent.", "source": "Two-Speed Golf Putting Green Mat 10ft with Alignment Mirror", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-putting-green-mat-10ft/" }, { "question": "Can I use my own putter?", "answer": "Yes. Practising with your own putter is the point, since you are training the stroke and the stroke is specific to the club you play with.", "source": "Two-Speed Golf Putting Green Mat 10ft with Alignment Mirror", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-putting-green-mat-10ft/" }, { "question": "What do the numbers on the surface mean?", "answer": "They mark distances along the mat so you can practise from set points and track progress. A common drill is three balls from each number, moving back only when you make all three.", "source": "Two-Speed Golf Putting Green Mat 10ft with Alignment Mirror", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-putting-green-mat-10ft/" }, { "question": "How long should a practice session be?", "answer": "Ten to fifteen focused minutes most days beats one long session a week. Short daily reps are what build the repeatable stroke that holds up under pressure.", "source": "Two-Speed Golf Putting Green Mat 10ft with Alignment Mirror", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-putting-green-mat-10ft/" }, { "question": "Is the mat foldable?", "answer": "Yes, the form factor is listed as foldable, so it packs down for storage between sessions. It sets up again quickly without tools.", "source": "Two-Speed Golf Putting Green Mat 10ft with Alignment Mirror", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-putting-green-mat-10ft/" }, { "question": "How do I store it?", "answer": "Roll or fold it loosely and keep it somewhere dry and out of direct heat. Avoid storing heavy items on top of a sharp crease, as that can leave a mark in the pile.", "source": "Two-Speed Golf Putting Green Mat 10ft with Alignment Mirror", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-putting-green-mat-10ft/" }, { "question": "Will creases from the packaging flatten out?", "answer": "Most creases relax after the mat has been laid flat for a day or two at room temperature. Laying it in a warmer room usually speeds that up.", "source": "Two-Speed Golf Putting Green Mat 10ft with Alignment Mirror", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-putting-green-mat-10ft/" }, { "question": "How do I clean it?", "answer": "Vacuum lightly on a low setting and brush the pile with a soft hand brush. For marks, use a damp cloth with a little mild soap, blot dry and let it air dry fully before rolling it up.", "source": "Two-Speed Golf Putting Green Mat 10ft with Alignment Mirror", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-putting-green-mat-10ft/" }, { "question": "What colour is it?", "answer": "It is green, in keeping with a traditional putting surface. The distance numbers and alignment section are printed onto that surface.", "source": "Two-Speed Golf Putting Green Mat 10ft with Alignment Mirror", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-putting-green-mat-10ft/" }, { "question": "How heavy is it?", "answer": "The weight is not specified in our maker record. As a rolled mat of this size it is manageable for one person to carry and reposition.", "source": "Two-Speed Golf Putting Green Mat 10ft with Alignment Mirror", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-putting-green-mat-10ft/" }, { "question": "Does it come with a warranty?", "answer": "The maker does not state a warranty period. Every product is covered by the Australian Consumer Law guarantees, and you can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Two-Speed Golf Putting Green Mat 10ft with Alignment Mirror", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-putting-green-mat-10ft/" }, { "question": "Would it make a good gift?", "answer": "It is one of the best golf gifts for dad or for any golfer who cannot get to a course often. It arrives as a single kit and needs no assembly, so it is easy to give and easy to start using.", "source": "Two-Speed Golf Putting Green Mat 10ft with Alignment Mirror", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-putting-green-mat-10ft/" }, { "question": "What if it is not right for me?", "answer": "You can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Two-Speed Golf Putting Green Mat 10ft with Alignment Mirror", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-putting-green-mat-10ft/" }, { "question": "Can I order a larger quantity for a club or event?", "answer": "Yes. Send the product, the quantity and your delivery postcode through our wholesale page and the team will confirm availability and a price. Sending an enquiry does not place an order.", "source": "Two-Speed Golf Putting Green Mat 10ft with Alignment Mirror", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/golf-putting-green-mat-10ft/" }, { "question": "What exactly is this product?", "answer": "It is a retractable golf swing trainer, sometimes called a swing stick or warm up aid. A telescopic stainless steel shaft carries a single white golf ball at one end and a contoured grip handle at the other. You swing it to rehearse grip, tempo and motion without needing a club, a ball or a range.", "source": "Retractable Golf Swing Trainer with Weighted Ball End", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/retractable-golf-swing-trainer/" }, { "question": "How long is it when extended?", "answer": "The shaft extends to 71 cm. That gives you enough length to feel a genuine arm and shoulder swing rather than just a wrist movement, while still staying manageable in a room with reasonable clearance.", "source": "Retractable Golf Swing Trainer with Weighted Ball End", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/retractable-golf-swing-trainer/" }, { "question": "How small does it pack down?", "answer": "It retracts back to 38 cm. At that length it fits a golf bag pocket, a glovebox, a desk drawer or a carry on bag, which is why it works well as a travel golf trainer.", "source": "Retractable Golf Swing Trainer with Weighted Ball End", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/retractable-golf-swing-trainer/" }, { "question": "What is it made from?", "answer": "The listed materials are plastic, rubber and stainless steel. The shaft sections are stainless steel, with the handle and ball end using the plastic and rubber components.", "source": "Retractable Golf Swing Trainer with Weighted Ball End", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/retractable-golf-swing-trainer/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable for left handed golfers?", "answer": "Yes. The design is ambidextrous, so there is no separate left or right handed version. The handle shaping works either way round.", "source": "Retractable Golf Swing Trainer with Weighted Ball End", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/retractable-golf-swing-trainer/" }, { "question": "Does it work as a golf grip trainer?", "answer": "That is one of its main uses. The contoured handle has a textured surface and a striped grip section, which gives your hands a consistent reference point. Set your hold, swing, reset and repeat until the placement stops needing thought.", "source": "Retractable Golf Swing Trainer with Weighted Ball End", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/retractable-golf-swing-trainer/" }, { "question": "Will this fix my slice?", "answer": "No single aid fixes a slice on its own. What it does is let you rehearse a better path and release far more often than you otherwise would, which is usually the limiting factor. Combine it with coaching feedback for the fastest progress.", "source": "Retractable Golf Swing Trainer with Weighted Ball End", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/retractable-golf-swing-trainer/" }, { "question": "Can I use it indoors?", "answer": "Yes, that is a big part of the point. Check your clearance before you start, including ceiling height, light fittings, fans and anything breakable within arm's reach plus 71 cm. Slow rehearsal swings in a clear space are the safest indoor use.", "source": "Retractable Golf Swing Trainer with Weighted Ball End", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/retractable-golf-swing-trainer/" }, { "question": "How much space do I need?", "answer": "As a rough guide, stand with the trainer extended and sweep it in a slow full arc in every direction before you swing properly. If nothing is touched, you have room. Most people find a garage, hallway or back yard is easier than a lounge room.", "source": "Retractable Golf Swing Trainer with Weighted Ball End", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/retractable-golf-swing-trainer/" }, { "question": "Can I hit a real golf ball with it?", "answer": "No. It is a rehearsal and warm up aid, not a club. Striking a ball with it risks damaging the shaft and the ball end, and it is not designed for impact loads.", "source": "Retractable Golf Swing Trainer with Weighted Ball End", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/retractable-golf-swing-trainer/" }, { "question": "Is it heavy?", "answer": "The whole package weighs 300 grams including packaging, so the trainer itself is light to carry. The weight you feel comes from where the ball sits at the tip rather than from overall mass.", "source": "Retractable Golf Swing Trainer with Weighted Ball End", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/retractable-golf-swing-trainer/" }, { "question": "Is it weighted enough to build strength?", "answer": "It is better thought of as a tempo and feel aid than a strength tool. The ball at the end lets you sense the head trailing and releasing. For serious strength work you would want a dedicated heavy training club.", "source": "Retractable Golf Swing Trainer with Weighted Ball End", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/retractable-golf-swing-trainer/" }, { "question": "What is included in the box?", "answer": "One golf swing trainer. There are no extra attachments, alignment sticks or accessories included.", "source": "Retractable Golf Swing Trainer with Weighted Ball End", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/retractable-golf-swing-trainer/" }, { "question": "Who is this best for?", "answer": "Beginners building a repeatable routine, mid handicappers working on tempo, and regular players who want to stay loose through winter or while travelling. It is also handy as a pre round warm up when there is no range on site.", "source": "Retractable Golf Swing Trainer with Weighted Ball End", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/retractable-golf-swing-trainer/" }, { "question": "Is it any good for juniors?", "answer": "It can suit older juniors who already swing a cut down club, since the length adjusts and the handle is contoured rather than full size. Adult supervision is sensible, as it is a metal shaft with a weighted tip.", "source": "Retractable Golf Swing Trainer with Weighted Ball End", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/retractable-golf-swing-trainer/" }, { "question": "How do I use it for a warm up before a round?", "answer": "Extend it fully, take ten to fifteen slow half swings to loosen the shoulders and back, then build to smooth full length rehearsals. Keep the pace controlled. The aim is to arrive at the first tee warm, not fatigued.", "source": "Retractable Golf Swing Trainer with Weighted Ball End", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/retractable-golf-swing-trainer/" }, { "question": "How many reps should I do at home?", "answer": "Short and frequent beats long and rare. Five to ten minutes a day of deliberate rehearsals does more than one long weekend session. Quality of motion matters far more than the count.", "source": "Retractable Golf Swing Trainer with Weighted Ball End", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/retractable-golf-swing-trainer/" }, { "question": "Does the telescopic shaft lock securely?", "answer": "The sections lock at the extended position. Give it a firm check before each session and make sure it is fully seated. If a section feels loose or slips, stop using it and inspect it.", "source": "Retractable Golf Swing Trainer with Weighted Ball End", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/retractable-golf-swing-trainer/" }, { "question": "Can I use it at the driving range?", "answer": "Yes. It is a practical range warm up aid, and it packs down between bays or between holes. Keep an eye on the people around you, since range bays are tighter than they look.", "source": "Retractable Golf Swing Trainer with Weighted Ball End", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/retractable-golf-swing-trainer/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable for outdoor use in all weather?", "answer": "It handles normal outdoor use, but like most steel and rubber gear it prefers to be dried off afterwards. Wipe it down before retracting so moisture and grit do not sit inside the telescopic sections.", "source": "Retractable Golf Swing Trainer with Weighted Ball End", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/retractable-golf-swing-trainer/" }, { "question": "How do I clean it?", "answer": "A damp cloth on the shaft, handle and ball end is enough. Dry it fully before collapsing it. Avoid solvents and harsh cleaners, which can dull the grip texture.", "source": "Retractable Golf Swing Trainer with Weighted Ball End", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/retractable-golf-swing-trainer/" }, { "question": "How should I store it?", "answer": "Store it retracted at 38 cm, somewhere dry and out of direct sun. A golf bag pocket, a cupboard shelf or a drawer all work. Keeping it retracted protects the inner sections.", "source": "Retractable Golf Swing Trainer with Weighted Ball End", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/retractable-golf-swing-trainer/" }, { "question": "Does it need any assembly?", "answer": "No assembly. Take it out, extend the shaft, check the sections are locked and start swinging.", "source": "Retractable Golf Swing Trainer with Weighted Ball End", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/retractable-golf-swing-trainer/" }, { "question": "What size is the shipping package?", "answer": "We dispatch within 2 working days. Delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier, and remote and regional addresses may take longer. Working days leave out weekends and public holidays. Delivery is free on orders of $150 or more and a flat $15 under that.", "source": "Retractable Golf Swing Trainer with Weighted Ball End", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/retractable-golf-swing-trainer/" }, { "question": "Does it come in different colours?", "answer": "Colour is not specified by the maker, so we do not list colour options. The images on this page show the version supplied.", "source": "Retractable Golf Swing Trainer with Weighted Ball End", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/retractable-golf-swing-trainer/" }, { "question": "Where is it made?", "answer": "Country of origin is not specified by the maker.", "source": "Retractable Golf Swing Trainer with Weighted Ball End", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/retractable-golf-swing-trainer/" }, { "question": "Does it come with a warranty?", "answer": "The maker does not state a warranty period. Every product is covered by the Australian Consumer Law guarantees, and you can return it within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition with its packaging and accessories, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Email us first and we will send you return instructions.", "source": "Retractable Golf Swing Trainer with Weighted Ball End", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/retractable-golf-swing-trainer/" }, { "question": "How long does delivery take?", "answer": "We dispatch within 2 working days. Delivery then takes up to 7 working days by tracked courier, and remote and regional addresses may take longer. Working days leave out weekends and public holidays. Delivery is free on orders of $150 or more and a flat $15 under that.", "source": "Retractable Golf Swing Trainer with Weighted Ball End", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/retractable-golf-swing-trainer/" }, { "question": "Does it make a good gift for a golfer?", "answer": "It is an easy gift. It suits any handicap, works for right and left handed players, needs no sizing, and it is the kind of thing keen golfers find useful but rarely buy for themselves.", "source": "Retractable Golf Swing Trainer with Weighted Ball End", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/retractable-golf-swing-trainer/" }, { "question": "Can I use it alongside lessons or a swing app?", "answer": "Yes, and that is usually the best approach. Your coach or app tells you what to change, and this gives you a convenient way to repeat the new motion between sessions so the change actually sticks.", "source": "Retractable Golf Swing Trainer with Weighted Ball End", "url": "https://golfequipmentshop.com.au/retractable-golf-swing-trainer/" } ] }